1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
46 #include <algorithm>
47 #include <cstring>
48 #include <functional>
49 using namespace clang;
50 using namespace sema;
51 
52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
53   if (OwnedType) {
54     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
55     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
56   }
57 
58   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
59 }
60 
61 namespace {
62 
63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
64  public:
65   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
66                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
67       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
68         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
69     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
70     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
71     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
72   }
73 
74   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
75     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
76       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
77       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
78       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
79              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
80     }
81     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
82   }
83 
84  private:
85   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
86   bool WantClassName;
87   bool AllowClassTemplates;
88 };
89 
90 }
91 
92 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
93 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
94   switch (Kind) {
95   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
96   // token kind is a valid type specifier
97   case tok::kw_short:
98   case tok::kw_long:
99   case tok::kw___int64:
100   case tok::kw___int128:
101   case tok::kw_signed:
102   case tok::kw_unsigned:
103   case tok::kw_void:
104   case tok::kw_char:
105   case tok::kw_int:
106   case tok::kw_half:
107   case tok::kw_float:
108   case tok::kw_double:
109   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
110   case tok::kw_bool:
111   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
112     return true;
113 
114   case tok::annot_typename:
115   case tok::kw_char16_t:
116   case tok::kw_char32_t:
117   case tok::kw_typeof:
118   case tok::annot_decltype:
119   case tok::kw_decltype:
120     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
121 
122   default:
123     break;
124   }
125 
126   return false;
127 }
128 
129 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
130 /// return the declaration of that type.
131 ///
132 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
133 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
134 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
135 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
136 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
137 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
138                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
139                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
140                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
141                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
142                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
143                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
144   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
145   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
146   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
147     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
148     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
149       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
150   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
151     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
152 
153     if (!LookupCtx) {
154       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
155         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
156         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
157         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
158         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
159         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
160         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
161         //
162         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
163         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
164         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
165           return ParsedType();
166 
167         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
168         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
169         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
170           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
171 
172         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
173         QualType T =
174           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
175                             II, NameLoc);
176 
177           return ParsedType::make(T);
178       }
179 
180       return ParsedType();
181     }
182 
183     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
184         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
185       return ParsedType();
186   }
187 
188   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
189   // lookup for class-names.
190   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
191                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
192   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
193   if (LookupCtx) {
194     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
195     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
196     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
197     // nested-name-specifier.
198     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
199 
200     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
201       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
202       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
203       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
204       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
205       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
206       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
207       LookupName(Result, S);
208     }
209   } else {
210     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
211     LookupName(Result, S);
212   }
213 
214   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
215   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
216   case LookupResult::NotFound:
217   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
218     if (CorrectedII) {
219       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
220       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
221                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
222       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
223       TemplateTy Template;
224       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
225       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
226       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
227       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
228       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
229       if (SS && NNS) {
230         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
231         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
232       }
233       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
234           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
235           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
236           // is handled elsewhere).
237           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
238             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
239                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
240         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
241                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
242                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
243                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
244         if (Ty) {
245           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
246                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
247                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
248           if (SS && NNS)
249             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
250           *CorrectedII = NewII;
251           return Ty;
252         }
253       }
254     }
255     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
256   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
257   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
258     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
259     return ParsedType();
260 
261   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
262     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
263     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
264     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
265     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
266     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
267     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
268       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
269       return ParsedType();
270     }
271 
272     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
273     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
274          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
275       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
276         if (!IIDecl ||
277             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
278               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
279           IIDecl = *Res;
280       }
281     }
282 
283     if (!IIDecl) {
284       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
285       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
286       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
287       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
288       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
289       // a type name.
290       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
291       return ParsedType();
292     }
293 
294     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
295     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
296     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
297     // perform the name lookup again.
298     break;
299 
300   case LookupResult::Found:
301     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
302     break;
303   }
304 
305   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
306 
307   QualType T;
308   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
309     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
310 
311     if (T.isNull())
312       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
313 
314     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
315     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
316     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
317     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
318       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
319         // Construct a type with type-source information.
320         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
321         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
322 
323         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
324         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
325         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
326         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
327         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
328       } else {
329         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
330       }
331     }
332   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
333     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
334     if (!HasTrailingDot)
335       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
336   }
337 
338   if (T.isNull()) {
339     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
340     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
341     return ParsedType();
342   }
343   return ParsedType::make(T);
344 }
345 
346 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
347 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
348 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
349 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
350 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
351 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
352   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
353   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
354   LookupName(R, S, false);
355   R.suppressDiagnostics();
356   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
357     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
358       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
359       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
360       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
361       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
362       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
363       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
364       }
365     }
366 
367   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
368 }
369 
370 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
371 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
372 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
373 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
374 /// @code
375 /// template<class T> class A {
376 /// public:
377 ///   typedef int TYPE;
378 /// };
379 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
380 /// public:
381 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
382 /// };
383 /// @endcode
384 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
385   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
386     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
387 
388     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
389     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
390       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
391         return true;
392     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
393   }
394   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
395 }
396 
397 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
398                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
399                                    Scope *S,
400                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
401                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
402                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
403   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
404   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
405 
406   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
407   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
408   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
409   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
410                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
411                                              Validator)) {
412     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
413       // We corrected to a keyword.
414       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
415       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
416     } else {
417       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
418       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
419         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
420                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
421       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
422         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
423         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
424                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
425         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
426                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
427                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
428       } else {
429         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
430       }
431 
432       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
433       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
434         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
435                           SourceRange(IILoc));
436       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
437                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
438                                   false, ParsedType(),
439                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
440                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
441     }
442     return true;
443   }
444 
445   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
446     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
447     UnqualifiedId Name;
448     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
449     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
450     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
451     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
452     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
453                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
454                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
455       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
456       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
457       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
458         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
459           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
460       }
461       return true;
462     }
463   }
464 
465   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
466   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
467 
468   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
469     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
470   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
471     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
472       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
473   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
474     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
475     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
476       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
477 
478     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
479       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
480       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
481       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
482     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
483                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
484   } else {
485     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
486            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
487   }
488 
489   return true;
490 }
491 
492 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
493 /// or
494 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
495   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
496                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
497 
498   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
499     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
500       return true;
501 
502     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
503       return true;
504   }
505 
506   return false;
507 }
508 
509 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
510                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
511                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
512                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
513   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
514   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
515   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
516     const char *TagName = 0;
517     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
518     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
519       case TTK_Class:
520         TagName = "class";
521         FixItTagName = "class ";
522         break;
523 
524       case TTK_Enum:
525         TagName = "enum";
526         FixItTagName = "enum ";
527         break;
528 
529       case TTK_Struct:
530         TagName = "struct";
531         FixItTagName = "struct ";
532         break;
533 
534       case TTK_Interface:
535         TagName = "__interface";
536         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
537         break;
538 
539       case TTK_Union:
540         TagName = "union";
541         FixItTagName = "union ";
542         break;
543     }
544 
545     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
546       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
547       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
548 
549     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
550          I != IEnd; ++I)
551       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
552         << Name << TagName;
553 
554     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
555     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
556     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
557     return true;
558   }
559 
560   return false;
561 }
562 
563 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
564 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
565                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
566   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
567 
568   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
569   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
570 
571   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
572   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
573   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
574   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
575   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
576 }
577 
578 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
579                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
580                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
581                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
582                                             const Token &NextToken,
583                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
584                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
585   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
586   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
587 
588   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
589     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
590                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
591   }
592 
593   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
594   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
595 
596   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
597   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
598   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
599   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
600   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
601     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
602     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
603       return E;
604   }
605 
606   bool SecondTry = false;
607   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
608 
609 Corrected:
610   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
611   case LookupResult::NotFound:
612     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
613     // call.
614     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
615       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
616       // FIXME: Reference?
617       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
618         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
619 
620       // C90 6.3.2.2:
621       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
622       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
623       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
624       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
625       //   the function call, the declaration
626       //
627       //     extern int identifier ();
628       //
629       //   appeared.
630       //
631       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
632       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
633         Result.addDecl(D);
634         Result.resolveKind();
635         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
636       }
637     }
638 
639     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
640     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
641     // "struct", or "union".
642     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
643         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
644       break;
645     }
646 
647     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
648     // close to this name.
649     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
650       SecondTry = true;
651       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
652                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
653                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
654         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
655         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
656 
657         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
658         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
659           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
660         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
661             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
662           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
663           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
664         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
665                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
666                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
667                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
668           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
669           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
670         }
671 
672         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
673           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
674         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
675           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
676           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
677                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
678           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
679                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
680                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
681         }
682 
683         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
684         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
685 
686         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
687         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
688           return Name;
689 
690         // Also update the LookupResult...
691         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
692         Result.clear();
693         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
694         if (FirstDecl)
695           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
696 
697         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
698         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
699         // reference the ivar.
700         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
701         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
702           Result.clear();
703           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
704           return E;
705         }
706 
707         goto Corrected;
708       }
709     }
710 
711     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
712     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
713     return NameClassification::Unknown();
714 
715   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
716     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
717     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
718     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
719 
720     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
721     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
722     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
723     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
724     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
725     //
726     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
727     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
728     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
729     // keyword here.
730     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
731                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
732                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
733   }
734 
735   case LookupResult::Found:
736   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
737   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
738     break;
739 
740   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
741     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
742         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
743       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
744       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
745       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
746       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
747       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
748       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
749       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
750       //   ambiguous.
751       //
752       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
753       // so try again after filtering out template names.
754       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
755       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
756         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
757         break;
758       }
759     }
760 
761     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
762     return NameClassification::Error();
763   }
764 
765   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
766       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
767     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
768     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
769     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
770     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
771     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
772     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
773     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
774       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
775 
776     if (!Result.empty()) {
777       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
778       bool IsVarTemplate;
779       TemplateName Template;
780       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
781         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
782         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
783                                                      Result.end());
784       } else {
785         TemplateDecl *TD
786           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
787         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
788         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
789 
790         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
791           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
792                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
793                                                       TD);
794         else
795           Template = TemplateName(TD);
796       }
797 
798       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
799         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
800         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
801         // to based on which function we selected.
802         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
803 
804         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
805       }
806 
807       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
808                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
809     }
810   }
811 
812   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
813   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
814     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
815     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
816     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
817       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
818     return ParsedType::make(T);
819   }
820 
821   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
822   if (!Class) {
823     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
824     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
825                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
826       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
827   }
828 
829   if (Class) {
830     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
831 
832     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
833       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
834       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
835       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
836       return NameClassification::Unknown();
837     }
838 
839     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
840     return ParsedType::make(T);
841   }
842 
843   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
844   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
845     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
846         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
847 
848   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
849   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
850   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
851   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
852        (NextIsOp &&
853         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
854       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
855     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
856     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
857     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
858     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
859       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
860     return ParsedType::make(T);
861   }
862 
863   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
864     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
865 
866   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
867   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
868 }
869 
870 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
871 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
872 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
873 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
874 
875   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
876   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
877   // the context we'll need to return to.
878   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
879   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
880   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
881   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
882   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
883   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
884   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
885   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
886   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
887   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
888     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
889 
890     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
891     // lexical context.
892     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
893       return DC;
894 
895     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
896     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
897     // class is the context we need to return to.
898     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
899       DC = RD;
900 
901     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
902     // declared in.
903     return DC;
904   }
905 
906   return DC->getLexicalParent();
907 }
908 
909 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
910   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
911       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
912   CurContext = DC;
913   S->setEntity(DC);
914 }
915 
916 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
917   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
918 
919   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
920   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
921 }
922 
923 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
924 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
925 ///
926 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
927   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
928   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
929   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
930   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
931   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
932   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
933   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
934   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
935   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
936   //   namespace.
937   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
938   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
939   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
940   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
941   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
942 
943   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
944 
945 #ifndef NDEBUG
946   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
947   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
948   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
949 #endif
950 
951   CurContext = DC;
952   S->setEntity(DC);
953 }
954 
955 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
956   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
957 
958   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
959   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
960   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
961   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
962   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
963 
964   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
965   // disappear.
966 }
967 
968 
969 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
970   // We assume that the caller has already called
971   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
972   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
973   if (!FD)
974     return;
975 
976   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
977   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
978   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
979     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
980   CurContext = FD;
981   S->setEntity(CurContext);
982 
983   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
984     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
985     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
986     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
987       S->AddDecl(Param);
988       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
989     }
990   }
991 }
992 
993 
994 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
995   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
996   // rather than the top-level class.
997   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
998   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
999   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1000 }
1001 
1002 
1003 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1004 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1005 ///
1006 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1007 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1008 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1009 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1010 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1011 /// attribute.
1012 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1013                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1014   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1015     return true;
1016 
1017   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1018     return true;
1019 
1020   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1021           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1022 }
1023 
1024 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1025 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1026   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1027   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1028   // scope.
1029   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1030     S = S->getParent();
1031 
1032   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1033   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1034   // into any context.
1035   if (AddToContext)
1036     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1037 
1038   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1039   // are function-local declarations.
1040   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1041       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1042         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1043       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1044     return;
1045 
1046   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1047   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1048       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1049     return;
1050 
1051   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1052   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1053                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1054   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1055     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1056       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1057       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1058 
1059       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1060       break;
1061     }
1062   }
1063 
1064   S->AddDecl(D);
1065 
1066   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1067     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1068     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1069     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1070     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1071       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1072       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1073         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1074           continue;
1075       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1076         break;
1077     }
1078 
1079     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1080   } else {
1081     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1082   }
1083 }
1084 
1085 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1086   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1087     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1088 }
1089 
1090 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1091                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1092   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1093 }
1094 
1095 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1096   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1097   do {
1098     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1099       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1100         return S;
1101   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1102 
1103   return 0;
1104 }
1105 
1106 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1107                                             DeclContext*,
1108                                             ASTContext&);
1109 
1110 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1111 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1112 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1113                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1114                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1115   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1116   while (F.hasNext()) {
1117     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1118 
1119     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1120       continue;
1121 
1122     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1123       continue;
1124 
1125     F.erase();
1126   }
1127 
1128   F.done();
1129 }
1130 
1131 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1132   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1133          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1134          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1135 }
1136 
1137 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1138 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1139   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1140   while (F.hasNext())
1141     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1142       F.erase();
1143 
1144   F.done();
1145 }
1146 
1147 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1148 /// @code
1149 /// class S {
1150 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1151 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1152 /// };
1153 /// @endcode
1154 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1155   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1156   // the decl here.
1157   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1158     return false;
1159 
1160   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1161     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1162   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1163     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1164   return false;
1165 }
1166 
1167 // We need this to handle
1168 //
1169 // typedef struct {
1170 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1171 // } A;
1172 //
1173 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1174 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1175 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1176 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1177 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1178 // not.
1179 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1180   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1181   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1182     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1183       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1184         return true;
1185     }
1186     DC = DC->getParent();
1187   }
1188 
1189   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1190 }
1191 
1192 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1193 // these semantics.
1194 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1195   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1196     return false;
1197   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1198 }
1199 
1200 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1201   assert(D);
1202 
1203   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1204     return false;
1205 
1206   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1207   // of members of class templates.
1208   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1209       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1210     return false;
1211 
1212   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1213     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1214       return false;
1215 
1216     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1217       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1218         return false;
1219     } else {
1220       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1221       if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1222           !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1223         return false;
1224     }
1225 
1226     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1227         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1228       return false;
1229   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1230     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1231     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1232     // like "inline".)
1233     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1234       return false;
1235 
1236     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1237       return false;
1238 
1239     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1240         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1241       return false;
1242   } else {
1243     return false;
1244   }
1245 
1246   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1247   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1248 }
1249 
1250 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1251   if (!D)
1252     return;
1253 
1254   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1255     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1256     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1257       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1258   }
1259 
1260   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1261     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1262     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1263       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1264   }
1265 
1266   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1267     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1268 }
1269 
1270 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1271   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1272     return false;
1273 
1274   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1275       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1276     return false;
1277 
1278   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1279     return true;
1280 
1281   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1282   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1283       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1284     return false;
1285 
1286   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1287   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1288 
1289     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1290     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1291 
1292     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1293     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1294       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1295         return false;
1296     }
1297 
1298     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1299     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1300     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1301       return false;
1302 
1303     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1304       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1305       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1306         return false;
1307 
1308       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1309         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1310           return false;
1311 
1312         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1313           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1314             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1315           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1316             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1317           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1318             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1319             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1320               return false;
1321           }
1322         }
1323       }
1324     }
1325 
1326     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1327   }
1328 
1329   return true;
1330 }
1331 
1332 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1333                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1334   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1335     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1336                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1337     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1338       return;
1339     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1340                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1341   }
1342   return;
1343 }
1344 
1345 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1346 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1347 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1348   FixItHint Hint;
1349   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1350     return;
1351 
1352   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1353 
1354   unsigned DiagID;
1355   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1356     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1357   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1358     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1359   else
1360     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1361 
1362   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1363 }
1364 
1365 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1366   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1367   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1368   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1369   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1370     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1371 }
1372 
1373 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1374   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1375   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1376          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1377 
1378   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1379     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1380 
1381     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1382     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1383 
1384     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1385 
1386     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1387     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1388       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1389 
1390     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1391     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1392       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1393 
1394     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1395     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1396   }
1397 }
1398 
1399 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1400 ///
1401 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1402 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1403 /// to the fixed name.
1404 ///
1405 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1406 ///
1407 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1408 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1409 ///
1410 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1411 /// class could not be found.
1412 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1413                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1414                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1415   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1416   // creation from this context.
1417   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1418 
1419   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1420     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1421     // find an Objective-C class name.
1422     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1423     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1424                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1425                                        Validator)) {
1426       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1427       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1428       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1429     }
1430   }
1431   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1432   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1433   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1434       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1435   return Def;
1436 }
1437 
1438 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1439 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1440 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1441 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1442 /// ill-formed in C++:
1443 /// @code
1444 /// struct S6 {
1445 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1446 /// };
1447 ///
1448 /// void test_S6() {
1449 ///   struct S6 a;
1450 ///   a.e = BAR;
1451 /// }
1452 /// @endcode
1453 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1454 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1455 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1456 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1457 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1458 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1459 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1460 /// contain non-field names.
1461 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1462   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1463          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1464          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1465     S = S->getParent();
1466   return S;
1467 }
1468 
1469 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1470 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1471 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1472 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1473 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1474                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1475   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1476     return;
1477   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1478 
1479   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1480                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1481   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1482   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1483     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1484       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1485 }
1486 
1487 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1488 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1489 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1490 /// built-in.
1491 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1492                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1493                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1494   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1495 
1496   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1497 
1498   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1499   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1500   switch (Error) {
1501   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1502     // Okay
1503     break;
1504 
1505   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1506     if (ForRedeclaration)
1507       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1508         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1509     return 0;
1510 
1511   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1512     if (ForRedeclaration)
1513       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1514         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1515     return 0;
1516 
1517   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1518     if (ForRedeclaration)
1519       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1520         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1521     return 0;
1522   }
1523 
1524   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1525     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1526       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1527       << R;
1528     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1529         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1530           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1531       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1532         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1533         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1534   }
1535 
1536   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1537   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1538     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1539         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1540                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1541     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1542     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1543     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1544   }
1545 
1546   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1547                                            Parent,
1548                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1549                                            SC_Extern,
1550                                            false,
1551                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1552   New->setImplicit();
1553 
1554   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1555   // FunctionDecl.
1556   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1557     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1558     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1559       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1560           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1561                               0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
1562       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1563       Params.push_back(parm);
1564     }
1565     New->setParams(Params);
1566   }
1567 
1568   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1569   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1570 
1571   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1572   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1573   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1574   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1575   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1576   CurContext = Parent;
1577   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1578   CurContext = SavedContext;
1579   return New;
1580 }
1581 
1582 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1583 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1584 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1585 /// entity.
1586 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1587                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1588                                               LookupResult &previous){
1589   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1590   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1591     return;
1592 
1593   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1594   if (previous.empty())
1595     return;
1596 
1597   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1598   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1599     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1600 
1601     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1602     if (!old->isHidden())
1603       continue;
1604 
1605     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1606       filter.erase();
1607   }
1608 
1609   filter.done();
1610 }
1611 
1612 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1613   QualType OldType;
1614   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1615     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1616   else
1617     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1618   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1619 
1620   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1621     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1622     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1623     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1624       << Kind << NewType;
1625     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1626       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1627     New->setInvalidDecl();
1628     return true;
1629   }
1630 
1631   if (OldType != NewType &&
1632       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1633       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1634       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1635     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1636     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1637       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1638     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1639       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1640     New->setInvalidDecl();
1641     return true;
1642   }
1643   return false;
1644 }
1645 
1646 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1647 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1648 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1649 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1650 ///
1651 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1652   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1653   // merging checks.
1654   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1655 
1656   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1657   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1658   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1659     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1660     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1661     default: break;
1662     case 2:
1663       {
1664         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1665           break;
1666         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1667         if (!T->isPointerType())
1668           break;
1669         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1670           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1671           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1672             break;
1673         }
1674         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1675         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1676         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1677         return;
1678       }
1679     case 5:
1680       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1681         break;
1682       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1683       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1684       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1685       return;
1686     case 3:
1687       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1688         break;
1689       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1690       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1691       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1692       return;
1693     }
1694     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1695   }
1696 
1697   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1698   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1699   if (!Old) {
1700     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1701       << New->getDeclName();
1702 
1703     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1704     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1705       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1706 
1707     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1708   }
1709 
1710   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1711   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1712     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1713 
1714   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1715   // with any extensions enabled.
1716   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1717     return;
1718 
1719   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1720   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1721   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1722     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1723     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1724   }
1725 
1726   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1727     return;
1728 
1729   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1730     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1731     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1732     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1733     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1734     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1735       return;
1736 
1737     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1738     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1739     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1740     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1741     //
1742     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1743     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1744     //
1745     //   struct S {
1746     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1747     //   };
1748     //
1749     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1750     // allow the above but disallow
1751     //
1752     //   struct S {
1753     //     typedef int I;
1754     //     typedef int I;
1755     //   };
1756     //
1757     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1758     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1759       return;
1760 
1761     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1762       << New->getDeclName();
1763     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1764     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1765   }
1766 
1767   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1768   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1769     return;
1770 
1771   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1772   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1773   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1774   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1775   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1776       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1777        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1778     return;
1779 
1780   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1781     << New->getDeclName();
1782   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1783   return;
1784 }
1785 
1786 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1787 /// attribute.
1788 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1789   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1790   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1791   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1792     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1793       if (Ann) {
1794         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1795           return true;
1796         continue;
1797       }
1798       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1799       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1800         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1801       return true;
1802     }
1803 
1804   return false;
1805 }
1806 
1807 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1808   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1809     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1810   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1811     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1812   return true;
1813 }
1814 
1815 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1816 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1817 ///
1818 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1819 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1820   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1821   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1822   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1823   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1824   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1825   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1826     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1827     // in a case like:
1828     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1829     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1830     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1831     // definition in such a case.
1832     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1833       return false;
1834 
1835     if (I->isAlignas())
1836       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1837 
1838     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1839     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1840       OldAlign = Align;
1841       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1842     }
1843   }
1844 
1845   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1846   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1847   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1848   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1849     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1850       return false;
1851 
1852     if (I->isAlignas())
1853       NewAlignasAttr = I;
1854 
1855     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1856     if (Align > NewAlign)
1857       NewAlign = Align;
1858   }
1859 
1860   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1861     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1862     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1863     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1864     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1865 
1866     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1867     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1868     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1869       QualType Ty;
1870       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1871         Ty = VD->getType();
1872       else
1873         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1874 
1875       if (OldAlign == 0)
1876         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1877       if (NewAlign == 0)
1878         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1879     }
1880 
1881     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1882       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1883         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1884         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1885       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1886     }
1887   }
1888 
1889   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1890     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1891     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1892     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1893     //   equivalent alignment.
1894     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1895     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1896     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1897     //   have no alignment specifier.
1898     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1899       << OldAlignasAttr;
1900     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1901       << OldAlignasAttr;
1902   }
1903 
1904   bool AnyAdded = false;
1905 
1906   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1907   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1908     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1909     Clone->setInherited(true);
1910     New->addAttr(Clone);
1911     AnyAdded = true;
1912   }
1913 
1914   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1915   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1916       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1917     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1918     Clone->setInherited(true);
1919     New->addAttr(Clone);
1920     AnyAdded = true;
1921   }
1922 
1923   return AnyAdded;
1924 }
1925 
1926 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1927                                bool Override) {
1928   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1929   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1930   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1931     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1932                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1933                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1934                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1935                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1936   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1937     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1938                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1939   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1940     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1941                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1942   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1943     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1944                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1945   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1946     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1947                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1948   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1949     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1950                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1951                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1952   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1953     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1954                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1955   else if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
1956     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
1957                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
1958                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
1959   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1960     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1961     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1962     NewAttr = 0;
1963   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1964     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
1965 
1966   if (NewAttr) {
1967     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1968     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1969     return true;
1970   }
1971 
1972   return false;
1973 }
1974 
1975 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1976   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1977     return TD->getDefinition();
1978   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1979     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
1980     if (Def)
1981       return Def;
1982     return VD->getActingDefinition();
1983   }
1984   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1985     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1986     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
1987       return Def;
1988   }
1989   return NULL;
1990 }
1991 
1992 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1993   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
1994     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1995       return true;
1996   return false;
1997 }
1998 
1999 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2000 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2001 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2002   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2003     return;
2004 
2005   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2006   if (!Def || Def == New)
2007     return;
2008 
2009   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2010   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2011     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2012 
2013     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2014       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2015         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2016       else {
2017         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2018         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2019                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2020                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2021                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2022         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2023         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2024         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2025       }
2026       ++I;
2027       continue;
2028     }
2029 
2030     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2031       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2032       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2033         ++I;
2034         continue;
2035       }
2036     }
2037 
2038     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2039       ++I;
2040       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2041     }
2042 
2043     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2044       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2045       ++I;
2046       continue;
2047     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2048       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2049         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2050         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2051         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2052         //   equivalent alignment.
2053         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2054         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2055         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2056         //   have no alignment specifier.
2057         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2058           << AA;
2059         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2060           << AA;
2061         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2062         --E;
2063         continue;
2064       }
2065     }
2066 
2067     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2068            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2069     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2070     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2071     --E;
2072   }
2073 }
2074 
2075 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2076 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2077                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2078   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2079     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2080     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2081     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2082   }
2083 
2084   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2085     return;
2086 
2087   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2088   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2089 
2090   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2091     return;
2092 
2093   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2094 
2095   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2096   // we process them.
2097   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2098 
2099   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2100     bool Override = false;
2101     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2102     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2103         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2104         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2105       switch (AMK) {
2106       case AMK_None:
2107         continue;
2108 
2109       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2110         break;
2111 
2112       case AMK_Override:
2113         Override = true;
2114         break;
2115       }
2116     }
2117 
2118     // Already handled.
2119     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2120       continue;
2121 
2122     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2123       foundAny = true;
2124   }
2125 
2126   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2127     foundAny = true;
2128 
2129   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2130 }
2131 
2132 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2133 /// to the new one.
2134 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2135                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2136                                      Sema &S) {
2137   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2138   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2139   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2140   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2141   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2142   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2143     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2144            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2145     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2146     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2147     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2148       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2149     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2150       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2151     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2152            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2153   }
2154 
2155   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2156     return;
2157 
2158   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2159 
2160   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2161   // done before we process them.
2162   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2163 
2164   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2165     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2166       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2167         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2168       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2169       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2170       foundAny = true;
2171     }
2172   }
2173 
2174   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2175 }
2176 
2177 namespace {
2178 
2179 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2180 /// C.
2181 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2182   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2183   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2184   QualType PromotedType;
2185 };
2186 
2187 }
2188 
2189 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2190 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2191   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2192     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2193       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2194 
2195     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2196       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2197 
2198     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2199       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2200   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2201     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2202   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2203     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2204   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2205     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2206   }
2207 
2208   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2209 }
2210 
2211 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2212 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2213 /// GNU89 mode.
2214 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2215                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2216   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2217           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2218           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2219           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2220 }
2221 
2222 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2223   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2224   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2225     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2226   return AT;
2227 }
2228 
2229 template <typename T>
2230 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2231   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2232   if (DC->isRecord())
2233     return false;
2234 
2235   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2236   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2237     return true;
2238   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2239     return true;
2240   return false;
2241 }
2242 
2243 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2244 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2245 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2246 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2247 ///
2248 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2249 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2250 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2251 /// merged with.
2252 ///
2253 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2254 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2255                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2256   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2257   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2258   if (!Old) {
2259     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2260       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2261         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2262         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2263              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2264         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2265              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2266         return true;
2267       }
2268 
2269       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2270       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2271       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2272       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2273       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2274 
2275       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2276       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2277       if (Old &&
2278           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2279               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2280           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2281         Old = 0;
2282 
2283       if (!Old) {
2284         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2285         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2286              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2287         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2288         return true;
2289       }
2290       OldD = Old;
2291     } else {
2292       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2293         << New->getDeclName();
2294       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2295       return true;
2296     }
2297   }
2298 
2299   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2300   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2301     return true;
2302 
2303   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2304   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2305   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2306   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2307   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2308     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2309   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2310     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2311     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2312       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2313   } else
2314     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2315 
2316   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2317   // is an extern inline function.
2318   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2319   // storage classes.
2320   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2321       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2322       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2323       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2324       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2325     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2326       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2327       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2328     } else {
2329       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2330       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2331       return true;
2332     }
2333   }
2334 
2335 
2336   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2337   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2338   // convention of the first.
2339   //
2340   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2341   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2342   //
2343   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2344   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2345   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2346   //
2347   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2348   // other tests to run.
2349   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2350   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2351   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2352   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2353   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2354   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2355   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2356 
2357   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2358     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2359     const FunctionType *FT =
2360         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2361     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2362     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2363     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2364       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2365       // there but not here.
2366       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2367       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2368     } else {
2369       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2370       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2371       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2372         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2373         << !FirstCCExplicit
2374         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2375             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2376 
2377       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2378       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2379       return true;
2380     }
2381   }
2382 
2383   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2384   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2385     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2386     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2387   }
2388 
2389   // Merge regparm attribute.
2390   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2391       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2392     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2393       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2394         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2395         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2396       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2397       return true;
2398     }
2399 
2400     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2401     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2402   }
2403 
2404   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2405   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2406     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2407       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2408       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2409       return true;
2410     }
2411 
2412     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2413     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2414   }
2415 
2416   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2417     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2418     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2419     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2420     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2421     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2422   }
2423 
2424   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2425   // UndefinedButUsed.
2426   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2427       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2428       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2429       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2430       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2431     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2432                                            SourceLocation()));
2433 
2434   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2435   // about it.
2436   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2437       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2438     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2439   }
2440 
2441   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2442     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2443     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2444     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2445     //        cannot be overloaded.
2446 
2447     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2448     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2449     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2450     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2451     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2452     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2453         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2454              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2455              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2456     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2457         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2458              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2459              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2460     QualType ResQT;
2461     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2462         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2463           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2464       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2465           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2466         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2467       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2468         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2469           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2470                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2471         else
2472           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2473         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2474         return true;
2475       }
2476       else
2477         NewQType = ResQT;
2478     }
2479 
2480     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2481     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2482     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2483       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2484       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2485       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2486       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2487         New->setType(
2488             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2489                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2490                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2491         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2492             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2493                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2494                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2495       }
2496     }
2497 
2498     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2499     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2500     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2501       // Preserve triviality.
2502       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2503 
2504       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2505       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2506       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2507       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2508                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2509                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2510       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2511 
2512       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2513           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2514         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2515         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2516         //       is a static member function declaration.
2517         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2518           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2519           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2520           return true;
2521         }
2522 
2523         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2524         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2525         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2526         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2527         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2528           unsigned NewDiag;
2529           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2530             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2531           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2532             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2533           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2534             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2535           else
2536             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2537 
2538           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2539         } else {
2540           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2541             << New << New->getType();
2542         }
2543         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2544 
2545       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2546       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2547       //
2548       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2549       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2550       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2551         if (isFriend) {
2552           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2553         } else {
2554           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2555                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2556             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2557           return true;
2558         }
2559       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2560         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2561              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2562           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2563         return true;
2564       }
2565     }
2566 
2567     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2568     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2569     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2570     //   attribute.
2571     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2572     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2573       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2574       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2575            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2576     }
2577 
2578     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2579     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2580     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2581     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2582     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2583     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2584       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2585            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2586       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2587            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2588     }
2589 
2590     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2591     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2592     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2593     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2594 
2595     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2596     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2597     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2598       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2599       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2600         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2601       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2602       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2603     }
2604 
2605     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2606       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2607       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2608       //
2609       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2610       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2611       // linkage within class scope.
2612       //
2613       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2614       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2615         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2616         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2617       } else {
2618         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2619         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2620         return true;
2621       }
2622     }
2623 
2624     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2625       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2626 
2627     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2628         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2629       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2630       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2631       // when we instantiate the function.
2632       return false;
2633     }
2634 
2635     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2636   }
2637 
2638   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2639   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2640   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2641       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2642     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2643     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2644     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2645     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2646         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2647       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2648       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2649       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2650       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2651       NewQType =
2652           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2653                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2654       New->setType(NewQType);
2655       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2656 
2657       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2658       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2659       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2660         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2661                                                  SourceLocation(), 0, ParamType,
2662                                                  /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
2663         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2664         Param->setImplicit();
2665         Params.push_back(Param);
2666       }
2667 
2668       New->setParams(Params);
2669     }
2670 
2671     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2672   }
2673 
2674   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2675   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2676   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2677   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2678   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2679   // the prototype.
2680   //
2681   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2682   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2683   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2684   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2685   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2686       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2687       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2688       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2689     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2690     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2691     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2692       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2693     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2694       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2695 
2696     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2697     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2698                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2699     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2700     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2701          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2702       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2703       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2704       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2705                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2706         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2707       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2708                                             NewParm->getType(),
2709                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2710         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2711                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2712         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2713         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2714       } else
2715         LooseCompatible = false;
2716     }
2717 
2718     if (LooseCompatible) {
2719       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2720         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2721              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2722           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2723           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2724         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2725           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2726                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2727       }
2728 
2729       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2730         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2731                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2732       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2733     }
2734 
2735     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2736   }
2737 
2738   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2739   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2740 
2741   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2742   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2743   unsigned BuiltinID;
2744   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2745     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2746     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2747     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2748       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2749       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2750         << Old << Old->getType();
2751 
2752       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2753       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2754       //
2755       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2756       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2757       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2758       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2759       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2760       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2761         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2762 
2763       return false;
2764     }
2765 
2766     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2767   }
2768 
2769   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2770   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2771   return true;
2772 }
2773 
2774 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2775 /// known to be compatible.
2776 ///
2777 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2778 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2779 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2780 /// redeclaration of Old.
2781 ///
2782 /// \returns false
2783 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2784                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2785   // Merge the attributes
2786   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2787 
2788   // Merge "pure" flag.
2789   if (Old->isPure())
2790     New->setPure();
2791 
2792   // Merge "used" flag.
2793   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2794     New->setIsUsed();
2795 
2796   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2797   // declarations.
2798   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2799     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2800       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2801                                *this);
2802 
2803   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2804     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2805 
2806   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2807   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2808   // was visible.
2809   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2810   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2811     New->setType(Merged);
2812 
2813   return false;
2814 }
2815 
2816 
2817 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2818                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2819 
2820   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2821   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2822     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2823                                                    : AMK_Override;
2824   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2825 
2826   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2827   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2828                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2829   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2830          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2831        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2832     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2833 
2834   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2835 }
2836 
2837 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2838 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2839 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2840 ///
2841 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2842 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2843 /// is attached.
2844 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2845                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2846   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2847     return;
2848 
2849   QualType MergedT;
2850   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2851     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2852       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2853       return;
2854     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2855       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2856       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2857     }
2858     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2859     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2860     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2861     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2862     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2863     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2864              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2865       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2866       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2867       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2868                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2869         MergedT = New->getType();
2870     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2871                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2872       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2873       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2874       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2875                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2876         MergedT = Old->getType();
2877     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2878                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2879       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2880                                               Old->getType());
2881     }
2882   } else {
2883     // C 6.2.7p2:
2884     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2885     //   compatible type.
2886     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2887   }
2888   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2889     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2890     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2891     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2892     // equivalent.
2893     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2894     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2895          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2896       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2897       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2898       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2899       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2900         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2901       return;
2902     }
2903 
2904     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2905     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2906     //
2907     //   extern int arr[];
2908     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2909     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2910     //
2911     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2912     // to diagnose it.
2913     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2914       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2915     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2916     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2917   }
2918 
2919   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2920   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2921   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2922     New->setType(MergedT);
2923 }
2924 
2925 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2926                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2927   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2928   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2929   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2930   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2931   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2932   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2933   //
2934   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2935   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2936     return false;
2937 
2938   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2939     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2940     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2941     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2942     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2943     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2944            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2945             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2946   } else {
2947     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2948     // type unless we're in the same function.
2949     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2950            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2951   }
2952 }
2953 
2954 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2955 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2956 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2957 ///
2958 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2959 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2960 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2961 ///
2962 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2963   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2964   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2965     return;
2966 
2967   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
2968 
2969   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
2970   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2971   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0;
2972   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
2973     if (NewTemplate) {
2974       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2975       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0;
2976     } else
2977       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2978   }
2979   if (!Old) {
2980     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2981       << New->getDeclName();
2982     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2983          diag::note_previous_definition);
2984     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2985   }
2986 
2987   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2988     return;
2989 
2990   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
2991   if (NewTemplate &&
2992       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
2993                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
2994                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
2995     return;
2996 
2997   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2998   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2999   //
3000   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3001   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3002     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3003       << New->getIdentifier();
3004     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3005     New->setInvalidDecl();
3006   }
3007 
3008   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3009   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3010   // declaration
3011   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3012       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3013       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3014     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3015     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3016     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3017     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3018   }
3019 
3020   // Merge the types.
3021   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3022 
3023   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3024     return;
3025 
3026   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3027   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3028       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3029       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3030     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3031     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3032     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3033   }
3034   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3035   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3036   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3037   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3038   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3039   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3040   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3041   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3042   //   identifier has external linkage.
3043   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3044     /* Okay */;
3045   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3046            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3047            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3048     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3049     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3050     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3051   }
3052 
3053   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3054   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3055       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3056     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3057     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3058     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3059   }
3060   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3061       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3062     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3063     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3064     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3065   }
3066 
3067   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3068 
3069   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3070   // need to check for mismatches.
3071   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3072       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3073       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3074         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3075     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3076     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3077     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3078   }
3079 
3080   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3081     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3082       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3083       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3084     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3085       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3086       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3087     } else {
3088       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3089       // static and dynamic initialization.
3090       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3091       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3092       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3093         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3094       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3095     }
3096   }
3097 
3098   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3099   const VarDecl *Def;
3100   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3101       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3102       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3103     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3104     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3105     New->setInvalidDecl();
3106     return;
3107   }
3108 
3109   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3110     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3111     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3112     New->setInvalidDecl();
3113     return;
3114   }
3115 
3116   // Merge "used" flag.
3117   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3118     New->setIsUsed();
3119 
3120   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3121   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3122   if (NewTemplate)
3123     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3124 
3125   // Inherit access appropriately.
3126   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3127   if (NewTemplate)
3128     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3129 }
3130 
3131 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3132 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3133 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3134                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3135   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3136 }
3137 
3138 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3139   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3140     return;
3141 
3142   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3143     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3144     // it is anonymous.
3145     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3146       return;
3147     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3148         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3149     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3150         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3151     return;
3152   }
3153 
3154   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3155   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3156   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3157           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3158                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3159     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3160         Tag,
3161         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3162   }
3163 }
3164 
3165 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3166 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3167 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3168 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3169                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3170                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3171                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3172   Decl *TagD = 0;
3173   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3174   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3175       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3176       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3177       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3178       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3179     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3180 
3181     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3182       return 0;
3183 
3184     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3185     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3186     // it's a Type.
3187     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3188       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3189     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3190       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3191   }
3192 
3193   if (Tag) {
3194     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3195     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3196     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3197       return Tag;
3198   }
3199 
3200   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3201     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3202     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3203     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3204       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3205            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3206            << DS.getSourceRange();
3207   }
3208 
3209   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3210     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3211     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3212     if (Tag)
3213       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3214         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3215             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3216             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3217             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3218     else
3219       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3220     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3221     return TagD;
3222   }
3223 
3224   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3225 
3226   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3227     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3228     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3229     if (TagD && !Tag)
3230       return 0;
3231     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3232   }
3233 
3234   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3235   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3236     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3237   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3238       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3239     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3240     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3241     // or an explicit specialization.
3242     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3243     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3244       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3245           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3246           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3247           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3248       << SS.getRange();
3249     return 0;
3250   }
3251 
3252   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3253   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3254 
3255   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3256   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3257     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3258         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3259       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3260           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3261         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3262 
3263       DeclaresAnything = false;
3264     }
3265   }
3266 
3267   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3268   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3269       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3270       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3271     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3272     //   struct STRUCT;
3273     // and
3274     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3275     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3276     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3277         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3278          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3279       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3280         << DS.getSourceRange();
3281       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3282     }
3283   }
3284 
3285   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3286   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3287       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3288     return TagD;
3289 
3290   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3291       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3292     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3293       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3294           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3295         DeclaresAnything = false;
3296 
3297   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3298     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3299     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3300       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3301         << DS.getSourceRange();
3302     else
3303       DeclaresAnything = false;
3304   }
3305 
3306   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3307       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3308     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3309       << Tag->getTagKind()
3310       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3311 
3312   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3313 
3314   // C 6.7/2:
3315   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3316   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3317   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3318   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3319   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3320   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3321   //   previous declaration.
3322   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3323     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3324     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3325     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3326     return TagD;
3327   }
3328 
3329   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3330   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3331   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3332   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3333   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3334   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3335   //
3336   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3337   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3338   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3339     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3340 
3341   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3342   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3343   // useless.
3344   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3345     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3346       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3347         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3348 
3349   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3350     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3351       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3352   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3353     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3354       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3355     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3356       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3357     // Restrict is covered above.
3358     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3359       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3360   }
3361 
3362   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3363   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3364   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3365   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3366     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3367     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3368         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3369         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3370         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3371         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3372       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3373       while (attrs) {
3374         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3375         << attrs->getName()
3376         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3377             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3378             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3379             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3380         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3381       }
3382     }
3383   }
3384 
3385   return TagD;
3386 }
3387 
3388 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3389 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3390 ///
3391 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3392 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3393                                          Scope *S,
3394                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3395                                          DeclarationName Name,
3396                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3397                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3398   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3399                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3400   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3401 
3402   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3403     return false;
3404 
3405   // Pick a representative declaration.
3406   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3407   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3408 
3409   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3410     return false;
3411 
3412   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3413   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3414 
3415   return true;
3416 }
3417 
3418 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3419 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3420 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3421 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3422 /// struct, e.g.,
3423 ///
3424 /// @code
3425 /// union {
3426 ///   int i;
3427 ///   float f;
3428 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3429 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3430 /// @endcode
3431 ///
3432 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3433 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3434 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3435                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3436                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3437                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3438                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3439                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3440   unsigned diagKind
3441     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3442                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3443 
3444   bool Invalid = false;
3445 
3446   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3447   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3448     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3449         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3450       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3451       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3452                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3453         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3454         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3455         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3456         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3457         Invalid = true;
3458       } else {
3459         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3460         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3461         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3462         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3463         //   anonymous union is declared.
3464         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3465         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3466           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3467             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3468         else
3469           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3470 
3471         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3472         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3473           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3474         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3475           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3476 
3477         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3478           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3479                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3480                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3481 
3482         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3483         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3484         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3485 
3486         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3487         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3488 
3489         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3490       }
3491     }
3492   }
3493 
3494   return Invalid;
3495 }
3496 
3497 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3498 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3499 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3500 static StorageClass
3501 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3502   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3503   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3504          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3505   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3506   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3507   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3508     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3509       return SC_None;
3510     return SC_Extern;
3511   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3512   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3513   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3514   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3515     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3516   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3517   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3518   }
3519   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3520 }
3521 
3522 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3523   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3524 
3525   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3526     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3527     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3528       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3529     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3530       return FD->getLocation();
3531   }
3532 
3533   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3534 }
3535 
3536 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3537                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3538   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3539     return;
3540 
3541   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3542   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3543 }
3544 
3545 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3546                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3547   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3548     return;
3549 
3550   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3551 }
3552 
3553 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3554 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3555 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3556 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3557 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3558                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3559                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3560                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3561   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3562 
3563   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3564   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3565     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3566   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3567     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3568   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3569     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3570 
3571   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3572   // structs/unions.
3573   bool Invalid = false;
3574   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3575     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3576     unsigned DiagID;
3577     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3578       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3579       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3580       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3581       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3582           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3583            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3584             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3585         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3586           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3587 
3588         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3589         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3590                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3591       }
3592       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3593       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3594       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3595       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3596                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3597         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3598              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3599           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3600 
3601         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3602         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3603                                SourceLocation(),
3604                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3605       }
3606     }
3607 
3608     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3609     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3610       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3611         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3612           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3613           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3614       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3615         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3616              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3617           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3618           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3619       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3620         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3621              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3622           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3623           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3624       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3625         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3626              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3627           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3628           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3629 
3630       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3631     }
3632 
3633     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3634     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3635     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3636     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3637     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3638       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3639         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3640         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3641         //   members (clause 11).
3642         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3643         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3644           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3645             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3646           Invalid = true;
3647         }
3648 
3649         // C++ [class.union]p1
3650         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3651         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3652         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3653         //   array of such objects.
3654         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3655           Invalid = true;
3656       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3657         // Any implicit members are fine.
3658       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3659         // This is a type that showed up in an
3660         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3661         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3662         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3663       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3664         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3665             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3666           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3667           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3668             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3669               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3670           else {
3671             // This is a nested type declaration.
3672             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3673               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3674             Invalid = true;
3675           }
3676         } else {
3677           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3678           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3679           // not part of standard C++.
3680           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3681                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3682             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3683         }
3684       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3685         // Any access specifier is fine.
3686       } else {
3687         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3688         // member. Complain about it.
3689         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3690         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3691           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3692         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3693           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3694         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3695           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3696 
3697         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3698         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3699             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3700           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3701             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3702         else {
3703           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3704               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3705           Invalid = true;
3706         }
3707       }
3708     }
3709 
3710     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3711     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3712     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3713     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3714         Owner->isRecord())
3715       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3716                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3717   }
3718 
3719   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3720     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3721       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3722     Invalid = true;
3723   }
3724 
3725   // Mock up a declarator.
3726   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3727   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3728   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3729 
3730   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3731   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3732   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3733     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3734                              DS.getLocStart(),
3735                              Record->getLocation(),
3736                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3737                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3738                              TInfo,
3739                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3740                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3741     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3742     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3743       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3744   } else {
3745     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3746     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3747     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3748       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3749       // an error here
3750       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3751       Invalid = true;
3752       SC = SC_None;
3753     }
3754 
3755     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3756                            DS.getLocStart(),
3757                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3758                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3759                            TInfo, SC);
3760 
3761     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3762     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3763     // initializer:
3764     //   union { int n = 0; };
3765     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3766   }
3767   Anon->setImplicit();
3768 
3769   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3770   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3771 
3772   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3773   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3774   // its members.
3775   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3776 
3777   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3778   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3779   // purposes.
3780   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3781   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3782 
3783   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3784                                           Chain, false))
3785     Invalid = true;
3786 
3787   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3788     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3789       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3790       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3791               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
3792                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
3793         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3794         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
3795       }
3796     }
3797   }
3798 
3799   if (Invalid)
3800     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3801 
3802   return Anon;
3803 }
3804 
3805 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3806 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3807 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3808 /// Example:
3809 ///
3810 /// struct A { int a; };
3811 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3812 ///
3813 /// void foo() {
3814 ///   B var;
3815 ///   var.a = 3;
3816 /// }
3817 ///
3818 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3819                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3820 
3821   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3822   if (!Record)
3823     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3824 
3825   // Mock up a declarator.
3826   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3827   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3828   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3829 
3830   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3831   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3832                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3833                              DS.getLocStart(),
3834                              DS.getLocStart(),
3835                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3836                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3837                              TInfo,
3838                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3839                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3840   Anon->setImplicit();
3841 
3842   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3843   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3844 
3845   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3846   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3847   // purposes.
3848   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3849   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3850 
3851   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3852   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3853                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3854                                                         Chain, true))
3855     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3856 
3857   return Anon;
3858 }
3859 
3860 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3861 /// given Declarator.
3862 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3863   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3864 }
3865 
3866 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3867 DeclarationNameInfo
3868 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3869   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3870   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3871 
3872   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3873 
3874   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3875   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3876     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3877     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3878     return NameInfo;
3879 
3880   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3881     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3882                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3883     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3884     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3885       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3886     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3887       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3888     return NameInfo;
3889 
3890   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3891     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3892                                                            Name.Identifier));
3893     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3894     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3895     return NameInfo;
3896 
3897   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3898     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3899     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3900     if (Ty.isNull())
3901       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3902     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3903                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3904     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3905     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3906     return NameInfo;
3907   }
3908 
3909   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3910     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3911     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3912     if (Ty.isNull())
3913       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3914     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3915                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3916     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3917     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3918     return NameInfo;
3919   }
3920 
3921   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3922     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3923     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3924     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3925     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3926     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3927       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3928 
3929     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3930     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3931 
3932     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3933     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3934     // was qualified.
3935 
3936     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3937                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3938     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3939     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3940     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3941     return NameInfo;
3942   }
3943 
3944   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3945     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3946     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3947     if (Ty.isNull())
3948       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3949     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3950                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3951     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3952     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3953     return NameInfo;
3954   }
3955 
3956   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3957     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3958     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3959     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3960   }
3961 
3962   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3963 
3964   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3965 }
3966 
3967 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3968   do {
3969     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3970       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3971     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3972       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3973     else
3974       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3975   } while (true);
3976 }
3977 
3978 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3979 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3980 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3981 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3982 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3983 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3984 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3985 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3986                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3987                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3988                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3989   Params.clear();
3990   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3991     return false;
3992   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3993     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3994     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3995 
3996     // The parameter types are identical
3997     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3998       continue;
3999 
4000     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4001     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4002     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4003     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4004 
4005     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4006         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4007       Params.push_back(Idx);
4008     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4009       return false;
4010   }
4011 
4012   return true;
4013 }
4014 
4015 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4016 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4017 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4018 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4019 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4020 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4021                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4022   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4023   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4024   //   - types which will become injected class names
4025   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4026   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4027   // few cases here.
4028 
4029   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4030   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4031   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4032   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4033   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4034   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4035     // Grab the type from the parser.
4036     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
4037     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4038     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4039 
4040     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4041     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4042     // attached already.
4043     if (!TSI)
4044       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4045 
4046     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4047     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4048     if (!TSI) return true;
4049 
4050     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4051     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4052     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4053     break;
4054   }
4055 
4056   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4057   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4058     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4059     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4060     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4061     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4062     break;
4063   }
4064 
4065   default:
4066     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4067     break;
4068   }
4069 
4070   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4071   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4072     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4073 
4074     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4075     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4076     // pointer.
4077     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4078       continue;
4079 
4080     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4081     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4082     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4083       return true;
4084   }
4085 
4086   return false;
4087 }
4088 
4089 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4090   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4091   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4092 
4093   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4094       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4095     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4096 
4097   return Dcl;
4098 }
4099 
4100 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4101 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4102 ///   name different from T:
4103 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4104 ///     - every member function of class T
4105 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4106 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4107 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4108                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4109   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4110 
4111   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4112     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4113       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4114       return true;
4115     }
4116 
4117   return false;
4118 }
4119 
4120 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4121 /// nested-name-specifier.
4122 ///
4123 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4124 ///
4125 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4126 /// resolves.
4127 ///
4128 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4129 ///
4130 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4131 ///
4132 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4133 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4134                                         DeclarationName Name,
4135                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4136   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4137   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4138     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4139 
4140   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4141   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4142   //
4143   // class X {
4144   //   void X::f();
4145   // };
4146   //
4147   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4148   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4149   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4150     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4151       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4152                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4153         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4154       SS.clear();
4155     } else {
4156       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4157     }
4158     return false;
4159   }
4160 
4161   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4162   // declaration.
4163   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4164     if (Cur->isRecord())
4165       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4166         << Name << SS.getRange();
4167     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4168       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4169         << Name << SS.getRange();
4170     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4171       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4172         << Name << SS.getRange();
4173     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4174       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4175         << Name << SS.getRange();
4176     else
4177       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4178       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4179 
4180     return true;
4181   }
4182 
4183   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4184     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4185     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4186       << Name << SS.getRange();
4187     SS.clear();
4188 
4189     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4190     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4191     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4192     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4193          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4194         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4195                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4196       return true;
4197 
4198     return false;
4199   }
4200 
4201   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4202   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4203   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4204   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4205   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4206     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4207   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4208         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4209     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4210       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4211 
4212   return false;
4213 }
4214 
4215 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4216                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4217   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4218   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4219   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4220 
4221   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4222   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4223   if (!Name) {
4224     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4225       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4226            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4227         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4228     return 0;
4229   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4230     return 0;
4231 
4232   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4233   // we find one that is.
4234   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4235          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4236     S = S->getParent();
4237 
4238   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4239   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4240     D.setInvalidType();
4241   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4242     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4243                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4244       return 0;
4245 
4246     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4247     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4248     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4249       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4250       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4251       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4252       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4253       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4254            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4255         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4256         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4257       return 0;
4258     }
4259     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4260 
4261     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4262         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4263       return 0;
4264 
4265     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4266       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4267            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4268         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4269       D.setInvalidType();
4270     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4271       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4272                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4273         if (DC->isRecord())
4274           return 0;
4275 
4276         D.setInvalidType();
4277       }
4278     }
4279 
4280     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4281     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4282     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4283         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4284       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4285       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4286         D.setInvalidType();
4287     }
4288   }
4289 
4290   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4291     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4292     // Just return early; it's safer.
4293     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4294       return 0;
4295 
4296   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4297   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4298 
4299   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4300                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4301     D.setInvalidType();
4302 
4303   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4304                         ForRedeclaration);
4305 
4306   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4307   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4308     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4309     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4310 
4311     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4312     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4313     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4314     //
4315     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4316     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4317     // the same name.
4318     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4319       /* Do nothing*/;
4320     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4321              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4322               R->isFunctionType())) {
4323       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4324       CreateBuiltins =
4325           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4326     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4327                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4328       CreateBuiltins = true;
4329 
4330     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4331       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4332 
4333     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4334   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4335     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4336 
4337     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4338     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4339     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4340     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4341     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4342     //  thereof; [...]
4343     //
4344     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4345     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4346     // we want to match. For example, given:
4347     //
4348     //   class X {
4349     //     void f();
4350     //     void f(float);
4351     //   };
4352     //
4353     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4354     //
4355     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4356     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4357     // matches.
4358 
4359     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4360     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4361     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4362     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4363     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4364   }
4365 
4366   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4367       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4368     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4369     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4370       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4371                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4372 
4373     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4374     Previous.clear();
4375   }
4376 
4377   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4378   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4379   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4380   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4381   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4382       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4383     Previous.clear();
4384 
4385   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4386   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4387   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4388     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4389 
4390   NamedDecl *New;
4391 
4392   bool AddToScope = true;
4393   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4394     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4395       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4396       return 0;
4397     }
4398 
4399     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4400   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4401     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4402                                   TemplateParamLists,
4403                                   AddToScope);
4404   } else {
4405     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4406                                   AddToScope);
4407   }
4408 
4409   if (New == 0)
4410     return 0;
4411 
4412   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4413   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4414   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4415        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4416     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4417     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4418     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4419     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4420     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4421     if (!AddToContext)
4422       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4423   }
4424 
4425   return New;
4426 }
4427 
4428 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4429 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4430 /// GCC compatibility).
4431 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4432                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4433                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4434                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4435   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4436   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4437   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4438   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4439   SizeIsNegative = false;
4440   Oversized = 0;
4441 
4442   if (T->isDependentType())
4443     return QualType();
4444 
4445   QualifierCollector Qs;
4446   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4447 
4448   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4449     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4450     QualType FixedType =
4451         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4452                                             Oversized);
4453     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4454     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4455     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4456   }
4457   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4458     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4459     QualType FixedType =
4460         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4461                                             Oversized);
4462     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4463     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4464     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4465   }
4466 
4467   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4468   if (!VLATy)
4469     return QualType();
4470   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4471   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4472     return QualType();
4473 
4474   llvm::APSInt Res;
4475   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4476       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4477     return QualType();
4478 
4479   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4480   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4481     SizeIsNegative = true;
4482     return QualType();
4483   }
4484 
4485   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4486   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4487     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4488                                               Res);
4489   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4490     Oversized = Res;
4491     return QualType();
4492   }
4493 
4494   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4495                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4496 }
4497 
4498 static void
4499 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4500   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4501     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4502     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4503                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4504     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4505     return;
4506   }
4507   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4508     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4509     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4510                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4511     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4512     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4513     return;
4514   }
4515   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4516   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4517   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4518   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4519   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4520   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4521   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4522   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4523 }
4524 
4525 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4526 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4527 /// GCC compatibility).
4528 static TypeSourceInfo*
4529 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4530                                               ASTContext &Context,
4531                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4532                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4533   QualType FixedTy
4534     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4535                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4536   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4537     return 0;
4538   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4539   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4540                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4541   return FixedTInfo;
4542 }
4543 
4544 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4545 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4546 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4547 /// function-scope declarations.
4548 void
4549 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4550   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4551       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4552     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4553     return;
4554 
4555   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4556   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4557   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4558   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4559 }
4560 
4561 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4562   if (ExternalSource) {
4563     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4564     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4565     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4566     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4567     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4568       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4569         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4570       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4571         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4572     }
4573   }
4574 
4575   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4576   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4577 }
4578 
4579 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4580 /// does not identify a function.
4581 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4582   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4583   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4584   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4585     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4586          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4587 
4588   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4589     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4590          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4591 
4592   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4593     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4594          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4595 
4596   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4597     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4598          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4599 }
4600 
4601 NamedDecl*
4602 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4603                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4604   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4605   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4606     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4607       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4608     D.setInvalidType();
4609     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4610     DC = CurContext;
4611     Previous.clear();
4612   }
4613 
4614   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4615 
4616   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4617     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4618       << 1;
4619 
4620   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4621     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4622       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4623     return 0;
4624   }
4625 
4626   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4627   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4628 
4629   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4630   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4631 
4632   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4633 
4634   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4635   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4636   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4637   return ND;
4638 }
4639 
4640 void
4641 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4642   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4643   // then it shall have block scope.
4644   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4645   // that redeclarations will match.
4646   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4647   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4648   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4649     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4650 
4651     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4652       bool SizeIsNegative;
4653       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4654       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4655         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4656                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4657                                                       Oversized);
4658       if (FixedTInfo) {
4659         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4660         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4661       } else {
4662         if (SizeIsNegative)
4663           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4664         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4665           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4666         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4667           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4668             << Oversized.toString(10);
4669         else
4670           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4671         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4672       }
4673     }
4674   }
4675 }
4676 
4677 
4678 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4679 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4680 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4681 NamedDecl*
4682 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4683                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4684   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4685   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4686   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4687                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4688   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4689   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4690     Redeclaration = true;
4691     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4692   }
4693 
4694   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4695   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4696     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4697         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4698       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4699         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4700       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4701         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4702       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4703         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4704       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4705         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4706     }
4707 
4708   return NewTD;
4709 }
4710 
4711 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4712 /// previous declaration.
4713 ///
4714 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4715 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4716 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4717 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4718 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4719 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4720 ///
4721 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4722 /// lookup
4723 ///
4724 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4725 /// declared.
4726 ///
4727 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4728 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4729 static bool
4730 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4731                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4732   if (!PrevDecl)
4733     return false;
4734 
4735   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4736     return false;
4737 
4738   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4739     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4740     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4741     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4742     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4743     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4744     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4745     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4746     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4747       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4748       return false;
4749 
4750     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4751     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4752       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4753       return false;
4754 
4755     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4756     // previous declarations.
4757     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4758     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4759 
4760     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4761     // isn't the same function.
4762     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4763       return false;
4764   }
4765 
4766   return true;
4767 }
4768 
4769 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4770   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4771   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4772   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4773 }
4774 
4775 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4776   QualType type = decl->getType();
4777   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4778   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4779     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4780     unsigned kind = -1U;
4781     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4782       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4783         kind = 0; // __block
4784       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4785         kind = 1; // global
4786     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4787       kind = 3; // ivar
4788     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4789       kind = 2; // field
4790     }
4791 
4792     if (kind != -1U) {
4793       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4794         << kind;
4795     }
4796   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4797     // Try to infer lifetime.
4798     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4799       return false;
4800 
4801     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4802     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4803     decl->setType(type);
4804   }
4805 
4806   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4807     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4808     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4809         var->getTLSKind()) {
4810       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4811         << var->getType();
4812       return true;
4813     }
4814   }
4815 
4816   return false;
4817 }
4818 
4819 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4820   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
4821   // the wrong linkage.
4822   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
4823 
4824   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4825   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4826     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4827       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4828       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4829     }
4830   }
4831   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4832     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4833       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4834       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4835     }
4836   }
4837 
4838   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4839   // It does not apply to functions.
4840   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4841     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4842       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4843       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4844     }
4845   }
4846 
4847   // dll attributes require external linkage.
4848   if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
4849     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4850       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
4851         << &ND << Attr;
4852       ND.setInvalidDecl();
4853     }
4854   }
4855   if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
4856     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4857       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
4858         << &ND << Attr;
4859       ND.setInvalidDecl();
4860     }
4861   }
4862 }
4863 
4864 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
4865                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
4866                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
4867   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
4868     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4869   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
4870     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4871 
4872   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
4873       return;
4874 
4875   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4876   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
4877   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4878   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
4879 
4880   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
4881   // inherited attribute instances.
4882   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
4883                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
4884 
4885   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
4886   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
4887   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
4888   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
4889   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
4890   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
4891     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration)
4892       << NewDecl
4893       << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
4894     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4895     NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4896     return;
4897   }
4898 
4899   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
4900   // exception being inline function definitions.
4901   // FIXME: Handle inline functions.
4902   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
4903   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr) {
4904     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
4905            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
4906       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
4907     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4908     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
4909     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4910     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4911   }
4912 }
4913 
4914 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4915 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4916 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4917 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4918   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4919 
4920   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4921   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4922 
4923   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4924   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4925     return false;
4926 
4927   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4928 
4929 #ifndef NDEBUG
4930   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4931   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4932   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4933   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4934   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4935 #endif
4936 
4937   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4938 
4939 #ifndef NDEBUG
4940   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4941 #endif
4942 
4943   return isC99Inline;
4944 }
4945 
4946 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4947 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4948 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4949 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4950 ///
4951 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4952 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4953 ///
4954 /// For instance:
4955 ///
4956 ///   auto x = []{};
4957 ///
4958 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4959 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4960 ///
4961 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4962 template<typename T>
4963 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4964   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4965     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4966     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4967       return false;
4968   }
4969   return D->isExternC();
4970 }
4971 
4972 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4973   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4974   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4975     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4976   if (DC->isFileContext())
4977     return true;
4978   if (DC->isRecord())
4979     return false;
4980   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4981 }
4982 
4983 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4984   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4985   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4986     return true;
4987   if (DC->isRecord())
4988     return false;
4989   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4990 }
4991 
4992 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
4993                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
4994   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
4995     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
4996       return true;
4997   return false;
4998 }
4999 
5000 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5001                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5002   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5003   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5004     return true;
5005 
5006   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5007   // position to the decl itself.
5008   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5009     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5010       return true;
5011   }
5012 
5013   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5014   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5015 }
5016 
5017 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5018 /// function-local external declaration.
5019 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5020   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5021     return false;
5022 
5023   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5024   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5025   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5026   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5027     return true;
5028 
5029   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5030   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5031   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5032   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5033   //
5034   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5035   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5036   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5037     DC = DC->getParent();
5038   return true;
5039 }
5040 
5041 NamedDecl *
5042 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5043                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5044                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5045                               bool &AddToScope) {
5046   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5047   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5048 
5049   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5050   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5051     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5052 
5053   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5054   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5055   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5056       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport))
5057     SC = SC_Extern;
5058 
5059   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5060   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5061                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5062 
5063   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5064     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5065     QualType NR = R;
5066     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5067       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5068         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5069         D.setInvalidType();
5070         break;
5071       }
5072       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5073     }
5074 
5075     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5076       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5077       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5078       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5079         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5080         D.setInvalidType();
5081       }
5082     }
5083   }
5084 
5085   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5086     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5087     // an error here
5088     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5089     D.setInvalidType();
5090     SC = SC_None;
5091   }
5092 
5093   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5094       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5095                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5096     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5097     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5098     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5099     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5100          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5101       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5102   }
5103 
5104   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5105   if (!II) {
5106     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5107       << Name;
5108     return 0;
5109   }
5110 
5111   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5112 
5113   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
5114     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5115     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5116     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
5117       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
5118       // is a GNU extension.
5119       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
5120         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
5121       else
5122         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5123       D.setInvalidType();
5124     }
5125   }
5126 
5127   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5128     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5129     // OpenCL __local address space.
5130     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5131       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5132     }
5133 
5134     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5135     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5136     // space qualifiers.
5137     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5138       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5139       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5140     }
5141 
5142     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5143     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5144     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5145     // address space qualifiers.
5146     if (R->isEventT()) {
5147       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
5148         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5149         D.setInvalidType();
5150       }
5151 
5152       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5153         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5154         D.setInvalidType();
5155       }
5156     }
5157   }
5158 
5159   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5160   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5161   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5162   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5163   VarDecl *NewVD = 0;
5164   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
5165   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0;
5166   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5167     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5168                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5169                             R, TInfo, SC);
5170 
5171     if (D.isInvalidType())
5172       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5173   } else {
5174     bool Invalid = false;
5175 
5176     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5177       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5178       switch (SC) {
5179       case SC_None:
5180         break;
5181       case SC_Static:
5182         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5183              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5184           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5185         break;
5186       case SC_Auto:
5187       case SC_Register:
5188       case SC_Extern:
5189         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5190         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5191         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5192         // of class members
5193 
5194         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5195              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5196           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5197         break;
5198       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5199         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5200       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5201         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5202       }
5203     }
5204 
5205     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5206       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5207         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5208           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5209                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5210             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5211 
5212         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5213         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5214         if (RD->isUnion())
5215           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5216                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5217                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5218                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5219         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5220         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5221           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5222                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5223             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5224       }
5225     }
5226 
5227     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5228     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5229     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5230         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5231         D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists,
5232         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5233 
5234     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5235         !TemplateParams) {
5236       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5237 
5238       // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5239       // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5240       // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5241       // too few of them).
5242       // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
5243       // (starting with "template") and the rest.
5244       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5245           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5246           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5247                                         "template<> ");
5248       IsExplicitSpecialization = true;
5249       TemplateParams = TemplateParameterList::Create(Context, SourceLocation(),
5250                                                      SourceLocation(), 0, 0,
5251                                                      SourceLocation());
5252     }
5253 
5254     if (TemplateParams) {
5255       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5256           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5257         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5258         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5259         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5260              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5261           << II
5262           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5263                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5264         TemplateParams = 0;
5265       } else {
5266         // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5267         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5268              getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5269                  ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5270                  : diag::ext_variable_template);
5271 
5272         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5273           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5274           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5275           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5276           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5277         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5278           // This is a template declaration.
5279           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5280 
5281           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5282           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5283             return 0;
5284         }
5285       }
5286     }
5287 
5288     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5289       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5290           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5291               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5292               : SourceLocation();
5293       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5294           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5295           IsPartialSpecialization);
5296       if (Res.isInvalid())
5297         return 0;
5298       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5299       AddToScope = false;
5300     } else
5301       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5302                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5303 
5304     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5305     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5306       NewTemplate =
5307           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5308                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5309       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5310     }
5311 
5312     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5313     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5314     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5315       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5316 
5317     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5318       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5319       if (NewTemplate)
5320         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5321     }
5322 
5323     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5324 
5325     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5326     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5327     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5328     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5329       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5330           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5331           TemplateParamLists.data());
5332 
5333     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5334       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5335   }
5336 
5337   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5338   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5339   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5340   if (NewTemplate)
5341     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5342 
5343   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5344     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5345 
5346   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5347     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5348       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5349       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5350       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5351       //   explicitly.
5352       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5353       //   'extern'.
5354       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5355           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5356           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5357         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5358       else
5359         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5360              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5361           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5362     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5363       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5364            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5365     else
5366       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5367   }
5368 
5369   // C99 6.7.4p3
5370   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5371   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5372   //   thread storage duration...
5373   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5374   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5375   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5376   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5377   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5378   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5379       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5380     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5381     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5382       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5383            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5384       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5385     }
5386   }
5387 
5388   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5389     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5390       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5391           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5392           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5393                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5394     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5395       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5396         << 2
5397         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5398     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5399       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5400         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5401         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5402         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5403     else {
5404       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5405       if (NewTemplate)
5406         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5407     }
5408   }
5409 
5410   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5411   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5412 
5413   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5414     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5415     // storage [duration]."
5416     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5417         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5418          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5419       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5420     }
5421   }
5422 
5423   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5424   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5425   // check the VarDecl itself.
5426   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5427          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5428          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5429 
5430   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5431   // retainable type.
5432   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5433     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5434 
5435   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5436   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5437     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5438     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5439     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5440     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5441       switch (SC) {
5442       case SC_None:
5443       case SC_Auto:
5444         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5445         break;
5446       case SC_Register:
5447         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5448           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5449         break;
5450       case SC_Static:
5451       case SC_Extern:
5452       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5453       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5454         break;
5455       }
5456     }
5457 
5458     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5459                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5460   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5461     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5462       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5463     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5464       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5465       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5466     }
5467   }
5468 
5469   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5470   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5471     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5472 
5473   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5474   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5475   // declaration has linkage).
5476   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5477                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5478                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5479                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5480 
5481   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5482   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5483   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5484       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5485     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5486         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5487         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5488 
5489   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5490     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5491   } else {
5492     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5493     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5494         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5495       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5496 
5497     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5498     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5499       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5500           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5501           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5502         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5503         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5504         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5505           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5506         Previous.clear();
5507         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5508       }
5509     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5510       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5511       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5512         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5513         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5514       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5515     }
5516 
5517     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5518       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5519 
5520     if (NewTemplate) {
5521       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5522           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5523               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5524               : 0;
5525 
5526       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5527       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5528       // template declaration.
5529       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5530               TemplateParams,
5531               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5532                               : 0,
5533               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5534                DC->isDependentContext())
5535                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5536                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5537         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5538 
5539       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5540       // template, make a note of that.
5541       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5542           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5543         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5544     }
5545   }
5546 
5547   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5548 
5549   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5550   // the map of such variables.
5551   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5552       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5553     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5554 
5555   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5556     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5557     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5558             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5559                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5560       Context.setManglingNumber(
5561           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5562       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5563     }
5564   }
5565 
5566   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5567     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5568         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5569         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5570   }
5571 
5572   if (NewTemplate) {
5573     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5574       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5575     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5576     return NewTemplate;
5577   }
5578 
5579   return NewVD;
5580 }
5581 
5582 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5583 /// -Wshadow.
5584 ///
5585 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5586 /// scope.
5587 ///
5588 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5589 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5590 ///
5591 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5592   // Return if warning is ignored.
5593   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5594         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5595     return;
5596 
5597   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5598   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5599     return;
5600 
5601   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5602 
5603   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5604   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5605     return;
5606 
5607   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5608   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5609     return;
5610 
5611   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5612   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5613     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5614       if (MD->isStatic())
5615         return;
5616 
5617   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5618     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5619       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5620       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5621       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5622         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5623           ShadowedDecl = I;
5624           break;
5625         }
5626     }
5627 
5628   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5629 
5630   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5631   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5632     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5633     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5634       return;
5635 
5636     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5637     // static data members from base classes?
5638 
5639     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5640     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5641     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5642   }
5643 
5644   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5645   unsigned Kind;
5646   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5647     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5648       Kind = 3; // field
5649     else
5650       Kind = 2; // static data member
5651   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5652     Kind = 1; // global
5653   else
5654     Kind = 0; // local
5655 
5656   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5657 
5658   // Emit warning and note.
5659   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5660     return;
5661   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5662   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5663 }
5664 
5665 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5666 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5667   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5668         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5669     return;
5670 
5671   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5672                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5673   LookupName(R, S);
5674   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5675 }
5676 
5677 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5678 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5679 template<typename T>
5680 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5681     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5682   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5683   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5684 
5685   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5686     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5687     // declaration.
5688     return false;
5689   }
5690 
5691   if (Prev) {
5692     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5693       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5694       // redeclaration.
5695       Previous.clear();
5696       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5697       return true;
5698     }
5699 
5700     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5701     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5702     // declaration.
5703     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5704       return false;
5705   } else {
5706     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5707     // translation unit which might conflict.
5708     if (IsGlobal) {
5709       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5710       IsGlobal = false;
5711       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5712            I != E; ++I) {
5713         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5714           Prev = *I;
5715           break;
5716         }
5717       }
5718     } else {
5719       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5720           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5721       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5722            I != E; ++I) {
5723         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5724           Prev = *I;
5725           break;
5726         }
5727         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5728         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5729         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5730         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5731         // diagnostic.
5732       }
5733     }
5734 
5735     if (!Prev)
5736       return false;
5737   }
5738 
5739   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5740   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5741   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5742   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5743     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5744   else
5745     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5746 
5747   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5748     << IsGlobal << ND;
5749   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5750     << IsGlobal;
5751   return false;
5752 }
5753 
5754 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5755 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5756 ///
5757 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5758 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5759 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5760 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5761 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5762 template<typename T>
5763 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5764                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5765   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5766     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5767     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5768     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5769     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5770       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5771         Previous.clear();
5772         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5773         return true;
5774       }
5775     }
5776     return false;
5777   }
5778 
5779   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5780   // declaration.
5781   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5782     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5783 
5784   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5785   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5786   // in another scope.
5787   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5788     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5789 
5790   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5791   return false;
5792 }
5793 
5794 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5795   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5796   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5797     return;
5798 
5799   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5800   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5801 
5802   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5803   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5804     return;
5805 
5806   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5807     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5808 
5809   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5810     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5811       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5812     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5813     NewVD->setType(T);
5814   }
5815 
5816   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5817   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5818   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5819   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5820   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5821     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5822     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5823     return;
5824   }
5825 
5826   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5827   // __constant address space.
5828   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5829       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5830       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5831     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5832     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5833     return;
5834   }
5835 
5836   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5837   // scope.
5838   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5839       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5840     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5841     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5842     return;
5843   }
5844 
5845   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5846       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5847     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5848       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5849     else {
5850       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5851       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5852     }
5853   }
5854 
5855   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5856   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5857       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5858     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5859 
5860   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5861       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5862     bool SizeIsNegative;
5863     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5864     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5865       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5866                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5867     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5868       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5869       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5870       // int a[10][n];
5871       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5872 
5873       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5874         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5875         << SizeRange;
5876       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5877         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5878         << SizeRange;
5879       else
5880         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5881         << SizeRange;
5882       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5883       return;
5884     }
5885 
5886     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5887       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5888         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5889       else
5890         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5891       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5892       return;
5893     }
5894 
5895     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5896     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5897     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5898   }
5899 
5900   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5901     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5902     //                    of objects and functions.
5903     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5904       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5905         << T;
5906       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5907       return;
5908     }
5909   }
5910 
5911   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5912     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5913     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5914     return;
5915   }
5916 
5917   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5918     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5919     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5920     return;
5921   }
5922 
5923   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5924       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5925                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5926     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5927     return;
5928   }
5929 }
5930 
5931 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5932 /// declaration.
5933 ///
5934 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5935 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5936 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5937 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5938 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5939 ///
5940 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5941 ///
5942 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5943 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5944   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5945 
5946   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5947   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5948     return false;
5949 
5950   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5951   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5952   if (Previous.empty() &&
5953       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5954     Previous.setShadowed();
5955 
5956   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5957   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5958 
5959   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5960     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5961     return true;
5962   }
5963   return false;
5964 }
5965 
5966 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5967 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5968   Sema *S;
5969   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5970 };
5971 
5972 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5973 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5974 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5975 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5976                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5977                                  void *UserData) {
5978   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5979 
5980   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5981     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5982 
5983   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5984 
5985   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5986   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5987     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5988     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5989     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5990 
5991     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5992   }
5993 
5994   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5995        !Path.Decls.empty();
5996        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5997     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5998     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5999       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6000         return true;
6001     }
6002   }
6003 
6004   return false;
6005 }
6006 
6007 namespace {
6008   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6009 }
6010 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6011 /// overriden methods.
6012 ///
6013 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6014 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6015 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6016 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6017                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6018   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6019   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6020                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6021        I != E; ++I) {
6022     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6023     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6024     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6025     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6026         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6027         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6028       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6029   }
6030 }
6031 
6032 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6033 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6034 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6035   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6036   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6037   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6038   Data.Method = MD;
6039   Data.S = this;
6040   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6041   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6042   bool AddedAny = false;
6043   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6044     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6045       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6046         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6047         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6048             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6049             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6050             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6051           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6052           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6053           AddedAny = true;
6054         }
6055       }
6056     }
6057   }
6058 
6059   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6060     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6061   }
6062   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6063     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6064   }
6065 
6066   return AddedAny;
6067 }
6068 
6069 namespace {
6070   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6071   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6072   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6073     Scope *S;
6074     Declarator &D;
6075     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6076     bool AddToScope;
6077   };
6078 }
6079 
6080 namespace {
6081 
6082 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6083 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6084 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6085  public:
6086   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6087                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6088       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6089         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
6090 
6091   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6092     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6093       return false;
6094 
6095     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6096     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6097                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6098          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6099       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6100 
6101       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6102           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6103         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6104           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6105           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6106             return true;
6107         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6108           return true;
6109         }
6110       }
6111     }
6112 
6113     return false;
6114   }
6115 
6116  private:
6117   ASTContext &Context;
6118   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6119   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6120 };
6121 
6122 }
6123 
6124 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6125 ///
6126 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6127 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6128 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6129 /// the same name.
6130 ///
6131 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6132 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6133 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6134     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6135     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6136   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6137   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6138   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6139   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6140   TypoCorrection Correction;
6141   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6142   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6143                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6144   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6145                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6146                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6147                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6148 
6149   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6150   if (IsLocalFriend)
6151     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6152   else
6153     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6154   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6155          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6156   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6157   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6158                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6159   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6160     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6161          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6162       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6163       if (FD &&
6164           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6165         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6166         // involve a parameter
6167         unsigned ParamNum =
6168             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6169         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6170       }
6171     }
6172   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6173   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6174                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6175                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6176                  IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6177     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6178     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6179                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6180     Previous.clear();
6181     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6182     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6183                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6184          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6185       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6186       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6187           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6188         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6189       }
6190     }
6191     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6192 
6193     NamedDecl *Result;
6194     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6195     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6196     {
6197       // Trap errors.
6198       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6199 
6200       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6201       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6202       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6203       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6204           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6205           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6206           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6207           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6208 
6209       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6210         Result = 0;
6211     }
6212 
6213     if (Result) {
6214       // Determine which correction we picked.
6215       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6216       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6217            I != E; ++I)
6218         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6219           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6220 
6221       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6222           Correction,
6223           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6224                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6225                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6226             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6227       return Result;
6228     }
6229 
6230     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6231     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6232                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6233     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6234     Previous.clear();
6235     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6236   }
6237 
6238   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6239       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6240 
6241   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6242   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6243     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6244 
6245   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6246        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6247        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6248     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6249     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6250     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6251     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6252 
6253     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6254     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6255       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6256       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6257       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6258       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6259                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6260         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6261         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6262     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6263       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6264           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6265     } else
6266       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6267                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6268                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6269   }
6270   return 0;
6271 }
6272 
6273 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6274                                                           Declarator &D) {
6275   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6276   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6277   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6278   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6279   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6280     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6281                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6282     D.setInvalidType();
6283     break;
6284   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6285   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6286     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6287       return SC_None;
6288     return SC_Extern;
6289   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6290     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6291       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6292       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6293       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6294       //   other than extern
6295       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6296       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6297                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6298       break;
6299     } else
6300       return SC_Static;
6301   }
6302   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6303   }
6304 
6305   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6306   return SC_None;
6307 }
6308 
6309 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6310                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6311                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6312                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6313                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6314   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6315   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6316 
6317   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6318   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6319 
6320   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6321     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6322     // prototype. This true when:
6323     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6324     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6325     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6326     bool HasPrototype =
6327       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6328       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6329 
6330     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6331                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6332                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6333                                  HasPrototype, false);
6334     if (D.isInvalidType())
6335       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6336 
6337     // Set the lexical context.
6338     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6339 
6340     return NewFD;
6341   }
6342 
6343   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6344   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6345 
6346   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6347   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6348   // the class has been completely parsed.
6349   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6350       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6351           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6352           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6353     D.setInvalidType();
6354 
6355   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6356     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6357     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6358            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6359 
6360     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6361     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6362                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6363                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6364                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6365                                       isConstexpr);
6366 
6367   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6368     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6369     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6370       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6371       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6372       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6373                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6374                                         D.getLocStart(),
6375                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6376                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6377 
6378       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6379       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6380       // it yet.
6381       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6382           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6383           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6384         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6385       }
6386 
6387       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6388       return NewDD;
6389 
6390     } else {
6391       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6392       D.setInvalidType();
6393 
6394       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6395       // code path.
6396       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6397                                   D.getLocStart(),
6398                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6399                                   SC, isInline,
6400                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6401     }
6402 
6403   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6404     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6405       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6406            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6407       return 0;
6408     }
6409 
6410     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6411     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6412     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6413                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6414                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6415                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6416 
6417   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6418     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6419     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6420     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6421     // constructor if it has no return type).
6422     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6423         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6424       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6425         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6426         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6427       return 0;
6428     }
6429 
6430     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6431     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6432                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6433                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6434                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6435                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6436     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6437     return Ret;
6438   } else {
6439     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6440     // prototype. This true when:
6441     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6442     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6443                                 D.getLocStart(),
6444                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6445                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6446   }
6447 }
6448 
6449 enum OpenCLParamType {
6450   ValidKernelParam,
6451   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6452   PtrKernelParam,
6453   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6454   InvalidKernelParam,
6455   RecordKernelParam
6456 };
6457 
6458 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6459   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6460     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6461     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6462       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6463     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6464                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6465   }
6466 
6467   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6468   // be used as builtin types.
6469 
6470   if (PT->isImageType())
6471     return PtrKernelParam;
6472 
6473   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6474     return InvalidKernelParam;
6475 
6476   if (PT->isEventT())
6477     return InvalidKernelParam;
6478 
6479   if (PT->isHalfType())
6480     return InvalidKernelParam;
6481 
6482   if (PT->isRecordType())
6483     return RecordKernelParam;
6484 
6485   return ValidKernelParam;
6486 }
6487 
6488 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6489   Sema &S,
6490   Declarator &D,
6491   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6492   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6493   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6494 
6495   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6496   // used again
6497   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6498     return;
6499 
6500   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6501   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6502     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6503     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6504     // pointer to a pointer type.
6505     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6506     D.setInvalidType();
6507     return;
6508 
6509   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6510     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6511     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6512     // pointer to the private address space.
6513     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6514     D.setInvalidType();
6515     return;
6516 
6517     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6518     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6519     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6520     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6521     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6522 
6523   case InvalidKernelParam:
6524     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6525     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6526     // of event_t type.
6527     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6528     D.setInvalidType();
6529     return;
6530 
6531   case PtrKernelParam:
6532   case ValidKernelParam:
6533     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6534     return;
6535 
6536   case RecordKernelParam:
6537     break;
6538   }
6539 
6540   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6541   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6542 
6543   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6544   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6545   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6546   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6547 
6548   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6549   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6550 
6551   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6552 
6553   do {
6554     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6555     if (!Next) {
6556       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6557       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6558       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6559         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6560 
6561       continue;
6562     }
6563 
6564     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6565     // field itself) to the history stack.
6566     const RecordDecl *RD;
6567     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6568       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6569       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6570     } else {
6571       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6572     }
6573 
6574     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6575     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6576 
6577     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6578       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6579 
6580       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6581         continue;
6582 
6583       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6584       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6585         continue;
6586 
6587       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6588         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6589         continue;
6590       }
6591 
6592       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6593       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6594       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6595       // union.
6596       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6597           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6598         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6599                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6600           << PT->isUnionType()
6601           << PT;
6602       } else {
6603         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6604       }
6605 
6606       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6607         << PD->getDeclName();
6608 
6609       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6610       // the offending field came from
6611       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6612              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6613         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6614         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6615           << OuterField->getType();
6616       }
6617 
6618       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6619         << QT->isPointerType()
6620         << QT;
6621       D.setInvalidType();
6622       return;
6623     }
6624   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6625 }
6626 
6627 NamedDecl*
6628 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6629                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6630                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6631                               bool &AddToScope) {
6632   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6633 
6634   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6635 
6636   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6637   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6638   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6639   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6640 
6641   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6642     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6643          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6644       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6645 
6646   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6647     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6648 
6649   bool isFriend = false;
6650   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6651   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6652   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6653 
6654   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6655   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6656   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6657 
6658   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6659 
6660   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6661   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6662 
6663   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6664                                               isVirtualOkay);
6665   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6666 
6667   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6668     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6669 
6670   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6671   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6672   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6673   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6674 
6675   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6676     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6677 
6678   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6679     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6680     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6681     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6682     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6683     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6684     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6685       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6686       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6687       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6688       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6689     }
6690 
6691     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6692     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6693     // return true).
6694     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6695           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6696       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6697         NewFD->setPure(true);
6698     }
6699 
6700     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6701     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6702     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6703     if (D.isInvalidType())
6704       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6705 
6706     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6707     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6708     bool Invalid = false;
6709     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6710             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6711                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6712                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
6713                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
6714       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6715         // This is a function template
6716 
6717         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6718         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6719           return 0;
6720 
6721         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6722         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6723           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6724           return 0;
6725         }
6726 
6727         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6728         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6729         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6730         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6731           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6732           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6733             Invalid = true;
6734         }
6735 
6736 
6737         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6738                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6739                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6740                                                         NewFD);
6741         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6742         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6743 
6744         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6745         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6746           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6747                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6748                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6749         }
6750       } else {
6751         // This is a function template specialization.
6752         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6753         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6754         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6755                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6756                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6757 
6758         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6759         if (isFriend) {
6760           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6761           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6762 
6763           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6764           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6765           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6766           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6767           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6768           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6769           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6770             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6771             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6772           }
6773 
6774           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6775             << Name << RemoveRange
6776             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6777             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6778         }
6779       }
6780     }
6781     else {
6782       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6783       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6784       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6785         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6786         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6787                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6788                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6789     }
6790 
6791     if (Invalid) {
6792       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6793       if (FunctionTemplate)
6794         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6795     }
6796 
6797     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6798     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6799     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6800     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6801     //
6802     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6803       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6804         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6805              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6806       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6807         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6808         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6809              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6810           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6811       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6812         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6813         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6814         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6815              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6816           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6817       } else {
6818         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6819         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6820       }
6821 
6822       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6823           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
6824         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6825     }
6826 
6827     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6828         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6829          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6830         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6831       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6832       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6833       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6834       // thing to do.
6835       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6836       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6837       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6838           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6839       QualType Result =
6840           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
6841       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
6842                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6843     }
6844 
6845     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6846     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6847     //  declaration.
6848     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6849       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6850         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6851         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6852              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6853           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6854       }
6855     }
6856 
6857     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6858     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6859     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6860     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6861     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6862       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6863         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6864         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6865              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6866           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6867       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6868                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6869         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6870         // or conversion function.
6871         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6872              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6873           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6874       }
6875     }
6876 
6877     if (isConstexpr) {
6878       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6879       // are implicitly inline.
6880       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6881 
6882       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6883       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6884       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6885       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6886         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6887     }
6888 
6889     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6890     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6891       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6892         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6893           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6894         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6895           << 0
6896           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6897       } else {
6898         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6899         if (FunctionTemplate)
6900           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6901       }
6902     }
6903 
6904     if (isFriend) {
6905       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6906         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6907         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6908       }
6909       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6910       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6911     }
6912 
6913     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6914     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
6915     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
6916     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6917       case FDK_Declaration:
6918       case FDK_Definition:
6919         break;
6920 
6921       case FDK_Defaulted:
6922         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6923         break;
6924 
6925       case FDK_Deleted:
6926         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6927         break;
6928     }
6929 
6930     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6931         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6932       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6933       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6934       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6935       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6936     }
6937 
6938     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6939         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6940       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6941       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6942       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6943       //   the class.
6944 
6945       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6946       // member function definition.
6947       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6948            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6949         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6950     }
6951 
6952     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6953     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6954     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6955     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6956     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6957          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6958         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6959       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6960       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6961       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
6962                                              FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
6963     }
6964   }
6965 
6966   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6967   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6968                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6969                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6970                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6971 
6972   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6973   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6974     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6975     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6976     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6977                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
6978   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6979     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6980       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6981     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6982       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6983       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6984     }
6985   }
6986 
6987   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6988   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6989   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6990   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6991     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6992 
6993     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6994     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6995     // single void argument.
6996     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6997     // already checks for that case.
6998     if (FTI.NumParams == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.Params[0].Ident == 0 &&
6999         FTI.Params[0].Param &&
7000         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
7001       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
7002     } else if (FTI.NumParams > 0 && FTI.Params[0].Param != 0) {
7003       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7004         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7005         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7006         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7007         Params.push_back(Param);
7008 
7009         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7010           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7011       }
7012     }
7013 
7014   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7015     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7016     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7017     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7018     //
7019     // @code
7020     // typedef void fn(int);
7021     // fn f;
7022     // @endcode
7023 
7024     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7025     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7026       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7027           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7028       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7029       Params.push_back(Param);
7030     }
7031   } else {
7032     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7033            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7034   }
7035 
7036   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7037   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7038 
7039   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7040   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7041   //
7042   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7043   //
7044   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7045   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7046   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7047 
7048   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7049     NewFD->addAttr(
7050         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7051                                        Context, 0));
7052 
7053   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7054   // because all functions have linkage.
7055   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7056       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7057     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7058     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7059   }
7060 
7061   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7062       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7063     NewFD->addAttr(
7064         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7065                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7066                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7067     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7068                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7069       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7070   }
7071 
7072   // Handle attributes.
7073   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7074 
7075   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7076   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7077       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7078   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7079       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7080     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7081     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7082     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7083     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7084     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7085       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7086   }
7087 
7088   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7089     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7090     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7091     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7092     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7093         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7094         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7095       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7096            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7097       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7098     }
7099   }
7100 
7101   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7102     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7103     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7104     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7105       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7106 
7107     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7108       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7109 
7110     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7111       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7112                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7113     else if (!Previous.empty())
7114       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7115       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7116     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7117             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7118            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7119   } else {
7120     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7121     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7122     //
7123     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7124     //
7125     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7126     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7127     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7128         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7129         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7130       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7131            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7132         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7133 
7134     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7135     // argument list into our AST format.
7136     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7137       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7138       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7139       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7140       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7141                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7142       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7143                                  TemplateArgs);
7144 
7145       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7146 
7147       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7148         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7149       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7150         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7151         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7152           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7153 
7154         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7155       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7156                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
7157         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
7158         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
7159         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
7160         // too few of them).
7161         // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
7162         // (starting with "template") and the rest.
7163         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
7164           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
7165           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
7166                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
7167                                         "template<> ");
7168         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7169       } else {
7170         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7171         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7172       }
7173     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7174       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7175       // wrote something like:
7176       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7177       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7178       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7179       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7180       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7181         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7182       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7183     }
7184 
7185     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7186     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7187     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7188     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7189     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7190     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7191         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7192          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7193             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7194             InstantiationDependent))) {
7195       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7196              "friend function specialization without template args");
7197       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7198                                                        Previous))
7199         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7200     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7201       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7202           && !isFriend) {
7203         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7204         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7205           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7206           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7207           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7208       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7209                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7210                                                      Previous))
7211         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7212 
7213       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7214       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7215       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7216       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7217           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7218       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7219         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7220           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7221                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7222             << SC
7223             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7224                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7225 
7226         else
7227           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7228                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7229             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7230                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7231       }
7232 
7233     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7234       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7235           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7236     }
7237 
7238     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7239     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7240       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7241         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7242 
7243       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7244         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7245 
7246       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7247         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7248                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7249     }
7250 
7251     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7252             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7253            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7254 
7255     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7256                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7257                                 : NewFD);
7258 
7259     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7260       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7261       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7262         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7263 
7264       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7265       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7266     }
7267 
7268     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7269         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7270       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7271 
7272     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7273     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7274     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7275       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7276                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7277       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7278                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7279                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7280                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7281                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7282                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7283                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7284                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7285                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7286                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7287                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7288     }
7289 
7290     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7291       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7292     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7293       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7294                                        AddToScope };
7295       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7296       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7297         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7298 
7299       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7300       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7301         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7302         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7303 
7304         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7305         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7306         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7307         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7308         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7309         // can actually do this check immediately.
7310         if (isFriend &&
7311             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7312              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7313              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7314           // ignore these
7315         } else {
7316           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7317           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7318           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7319           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7320           //
7321           // class X {
7322           //   void f() const;
7323           // };
7324           //
7325           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7326           //
7327           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7328           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7329           // whether the parameter types are references).
7330 
7331           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7332                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7333             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7334             return Result;
7335           }
7336         }
7337 
7338         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7339         // to something.
7340       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7341         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7342                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7343           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7344           return Result;
7345         }
7346       }
7347 
7348     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7349                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7350                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7351                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7352       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7353       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7354       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7355       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7356       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7357       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7358       // generate them.
7359       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7360         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7361     }
7362   }
7363 
7364   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7365   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7366 
7367   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7368 
7369   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7370       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7371     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7372          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7373       << NewFD;
7374 
7375     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7376     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7377     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7378         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7379     EPI.Variadic = true;
7380     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7381 
7382     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7383     NewFD->setType(R);
7384   }
7385 
7386   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7387   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7388   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7389     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7390 
7391   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7392   // marking the function.
7393   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7394 
7395   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7396   // the map of such variables.
7397   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7398       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7399     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7400 
7401   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7402   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7403 
7404   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7405     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7406         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7407         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7408   }
7409 
7410   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7411     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7412       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7413         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7414       return FunctionTemplate;
7415     }
7416   }
7417 
7418   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7419     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7420     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7421         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7422       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7423       D.setInvalidType();
7424     }
7425 
7426     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7427     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7428       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7429            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7430       D.setInvalidType();
7431     }
7432 
7433     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7434     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7435       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7436   }
7437 
7438   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7439 
7440   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7441     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7442       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7443           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7444         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7445           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7446             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7447 
7448           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7449         }
7450       }
7451 
7452   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7453   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7454   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7455   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7456     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7457                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7458                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7459                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7460                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7461     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7462     AddToScope = false;
7463   }
7464 
7465   return NewFD;
7466 }
7467 
7468 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7469 ///
7470 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7471 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7472 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7473 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7474 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7475 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7476 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7477 ///
7478 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7479 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7480 ///
7481 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7482 ///
7483 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7484 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7485                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7486                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7487   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7488          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7489 
7490   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7491   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7492   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7493   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7494                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7495 
7496   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7497   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7498 
7499   bool Redeclaration = false;
7500   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7501 
7502   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7503   // the same name, if appropriate.
7504   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7505     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7506     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7507     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7508     // function to the scope.
7509     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7510       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7511       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7512         Redeclaration = true;
7513         OldDecl = Candidate;
7514       }
7515     } else {
7516       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7517                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7518       case Ovl_Match:
7519         Redeclaration = true;
7520         break;
7521 
7522       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7523         Redeclaration = true;
7524         break;
7525 
7526       case Ovl_Overload:
7527         Redeclaration = false;
7528         break;
7529       }
7530 
7531       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7532         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7533         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7534         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7535           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7536         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7537         if (Redeclaration)
7538           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7539         else if (!Previous.empty())
7540           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7541         if (OverloadedDecl)
7542           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7543                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7544         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7545       }
7546     }
7547   }
7548 
7549   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7550   if (!Redeclaration &&
7551       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7552     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7553     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7554       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7555       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7556       Redeclaration = true;
7557       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7558       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7559 
7560       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7561       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7562         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7563           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7564             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7565           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7566                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7567           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7568         }
7569         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7570           Redeclaration = false;
7571           OldDecl = 0;
7572         }
7573       }
7574     }
7575   }
7576 
7577   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7578   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7579   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7580   //
7581   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7582   // definition of a static member function.
7583   //
7584   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7585   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7586   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7587   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7588       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7589       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7590     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0;
7591     if (OldDecl)
7592       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7593     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7594       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7595         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7596       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7597       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7598       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7599                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7600 
7601       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7602       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7603       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7604         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7605         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7606                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7607           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7608 
7609         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7610           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7611       }
7612     }
7613   }
7614 
7615   if (Redeclaration) {
7616     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7617     // merged.
7618     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7619       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7620       return Redeclaration;
7621     }
7622 
7623     Previous.clear();
7624     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7625 
7626     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7627                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7628       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7629       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7630         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7631       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7632       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7633             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7634         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7635         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7636       }
7637 
7638       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7639       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7640       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7641           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7642         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7643         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7644       }
7645 
7646     } else {
7647       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7648       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7649 
7650       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7651         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7652         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7653         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7654         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7655 
7656         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7657         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7658         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7659 
7660         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7661         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7662             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7663           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7664           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7665           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7666           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7667           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7668             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7669           }
7670         }
7671       }
7672     }
7673   }
7674 
7675   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7676   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7677     // C++-specific checks.
7678     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7679       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7680     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7681                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7682       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7683       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7684 
7685       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7686       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7687       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7688         DeclarationName Name
7689           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7690                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7691         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7692           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7693           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7694           return Redeclaration;
7695         }
7696       }
7697     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7698                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7699       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7700     }
7701 
7702     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7703     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7704       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7705           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7706           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7707         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7708           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7709           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7710             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7711           }
7712         }
7713       }
7714 
7715       if (Method->isStatic())
7716         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7717     }
7718 
7719     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7720     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7721         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7722       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7723       return Redeclaration;
7724     }
7725 
7726     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7727     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7728         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7729       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7730       return Redeclaration;
7731     }
7732 
7733     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7734     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7735     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7736     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7737       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7738 
7739     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7740     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7741     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7742       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7743       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7744       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7745       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7746         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7747         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7748         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7749       }
7750     }
7751 
7752     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7753     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7754     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7755     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7756     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7757       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7758       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7759         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7760             << NewFD << R;
7761       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7762                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7763         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7764     }
7765   }
7766   return Redeclaration;
7767 }
7768 
7769 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7770   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7771   if (!TSI)
7772     return SourceRange();
7773 
7774   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7775   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7776   if (!FunctionTL)
7777     return SourceRange();
7778 
7779   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc();
7780   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7781     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7782 
7783   return SourceRange();
7784 }
7785 
7786 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7787   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7788   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7789   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7790   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7791   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7792   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7793   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7794   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7795     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7796          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7797       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7798   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7799     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7800       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7801   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7802     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7803     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7804                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7805     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7806     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7807       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7808   }
7809   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7810     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7811       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7812     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7813   }
7814 
7815   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7816     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7817         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7818     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7819     return;
7820   }
7821 
7822   QualType T = FD->getType();
7823   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7824   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7825 
7826   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7827   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7828     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7829     // set the flag which tells us that.
7830     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7831     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7832 
7833   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7834   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7835   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7836   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7837     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7838 
7839     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7840     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7841       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7842           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7843 
7844   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7845   } else {
7846     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7847     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7848       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7849           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7850     else
7851       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7852 
7853     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7854   }
7855 
7856   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7857   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7858 
7859   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7860   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
7861   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7862 
7863   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7864 
7865   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7866   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7867   // getting shifty.
7868   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7869     HasExtraParameters = false;
7870 
7871   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7872     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7873     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7874     nparams = 3;
7875   }
7876 
7877   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7878   // if we had some location information about types.
7879 
7880   QualType CharPP =
7881     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7882   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7883 
7884   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7885     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
7886 
7887     bool mismatch = true;
7888 
7889     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7890       mismatch = false;
7891     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7892       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7893       //   char const **
7894       //   char const * const *
7895       //   char * const *
7896 
7897       QualifierCollector qs;
7898       const PointerType* PT;
7899       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7900           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7901           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7902                               Context.CharTy)) {
7903         qs.removeConst();
7904         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7905       }
7906     }
7907 
7908     if (mismatch) {
7909       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7910       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7911       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7912     }
7913   }
7914 
7915   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7916     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7917   }
7918 
7919   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7920     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7921     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7922   }
7923 }
7924 
7925 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7926   QualType T = FD->getType();
7927   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7928   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7929 
7930   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7931   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7932   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7933       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7934       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
7935     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7936     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7937       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7938 
7939   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7940     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7941     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7942   }
7943 }
7944 
7945 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7946   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7947   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7948   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7949   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7950   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7951   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7952   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7953   // rules there don't matter.)
7954   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7955     return false;
7956   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7957     << Init->getSourceRange();
7958   return true;
7959 }
7960 
7961 namespace {
7962   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7963   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7964   class SelfReferenceChecker
7965       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7966     Sema &S;
7967     Decl *OrigDecl;
7968     bool isRecordType;
7969     bool isPODType;
7970     bool isReferenceType;
7971 
7972   public:
7973     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7974 
7975     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7976                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7977       isPODType = false;
7978       isRecordType = false;
7979       isReferenceType = false;
7980       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7981         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7982         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7983         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7984       }
7985     }
7986 
7987     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7988     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7989     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7990     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7991       if (isReferenceType)
7992         return;
7993       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7994       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7995         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7996         return;
7997       }
7998 
7999       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8000         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8001         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8002         return;
8003       }
8004 
8005       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8006         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8007         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8008           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8009           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8010             return;
8011           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8012         }
8013         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8014           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8015         return;
8016       }
8017     }
8018 
8019     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
8020     // bad, not just r-value uses.
8021     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8022       if (isReferenceType)
8023         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8024     }
8025 
8026     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8027       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
8028           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
8029         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8030 
8031       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8032     }
8033 
8034     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8035       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8036       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8037 
8038       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8039       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8040       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8041       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8042       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8043       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8044         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8045           Warn = false;
8046         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8047       }
8048 
8049       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8050         if (Warn)
8051           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8052         return;
8053       }
8054 
8055       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8056       // Visit that expression.
8057       Visit(Base);
8058     }
8059 
8060     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8061       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8062         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8063           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8064 
8065       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8066     }
8067 
8068     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8069       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8070       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8071           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8072         if (!isPODType)
8073           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8074         return;
8075       }
8076       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8077     }
8078 
8079     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8080 
8081     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8082       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8083       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8084       unsigned diag;
8085       if (isReferenceType) {
8086         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8087       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8088         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8089       } else {
8090         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8091       }
8092 
8093       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8094                             S.PDiag(diag)
8095                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8096                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8097                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8098     }
8099   };
8100 
8101   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8102   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8103                                  bool DirectInit) {
8104     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8105     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8106     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8107       return;
8108 
8109     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8110 
8111     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8112     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8113     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8114       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8115         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8116           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8117             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8118               return;
8119 
8120     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8121   }
8122 }
8123 
8124 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8125 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8126 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8127 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8128                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8129   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8130   // the initializer.
8131   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8132     return;
8133 
8134   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8135     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8136     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8137     // Thus this grotesque test.
8138     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8139     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8140         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8141       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8142     else {
8143       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8144         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8145       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8146     }
8147     return;
8148   }
8149 
8150   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8151   if (!VDecl) {
8152     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8153     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8154     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8155     return;
8156   }
8157   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8158 
8159   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8160   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8161     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8162     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8163     // contains exactly one expression.
8164     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8165       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8166         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8167         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8168         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8169              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8170                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8171           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8172           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8173         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8174         return;
8175       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8176         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8177              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8178                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8179                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8180           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8181           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8182         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8183         return;
8184       } else {
8185         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8186         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8187           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8188                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8189             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8190             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8191       }
8192     }
8193 
8194     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8195     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8196     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8197         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8198       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8199       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8200         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8201         return;
8202       }
8203       Init = Result.take();
8204       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8205     }
8206 
8207     QualType DeducedType;
8208     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8209             DAR_Failed)
8210       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8211     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8212       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8213       return;
8214     }
8215     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8216     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8217 
8218     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8219     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8220       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8221 
8222     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8223     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8224     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8225     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8226     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8227         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8228       SourceLocation Loc =
8229           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8230       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8231         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8232     }
8233 
8234     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8235     // the previously declared type.
8236     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8237       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8238       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8239       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8240     }
8241 
8242     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8243     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8244     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8245       return;
8246   }
8247 
8248   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8249   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8250     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8251     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8252     return;
8253   }
8254 
8255   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8256     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8257     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8258     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8259     return;
8260   }
8261 
8262   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8263     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8264     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8265     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8266     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8267     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8268       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8269     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8270                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8271       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8272       return;
8273     }
8274 
8275     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8276     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8277                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8278                                AbstractVariableType))
8279       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8280   }
8281 
8282   const VarDecl *Def;
8283   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8284     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8285       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8286     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8287     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8288     return;
8289   }
8290 
8291   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8292   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8293     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8294     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8295     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8296     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8297     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8298     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8299     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8300     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8301     //
8302     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8303     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8304     // declaration with an initializer.
8305     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8306       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8307           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8308       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8309       return;
8310     }
8311 
8312     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8313       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8314 
8315     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8316       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8317       return;
8318     }
8319   }
8320 
8321   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8322   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8323   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8324     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8325     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8326     return;
8327   }
8328 
8329   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8330   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8331   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8332 
8333   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8334   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8335   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8336       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8337     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8338     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8339       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8340       return;
8341     }
8342     Init = Result.take();
8343   }
8344 
8345   // Perform the initialization.
8346   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8347     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8348     InitializationKind Kind
8349       = DirectInit ?
8350           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8351                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8352                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8353                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8354                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8355                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8356                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8357 
8358     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8359     if (CXXDirectInit)
8360       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8361                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8362 
8363     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8364     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8365     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8366       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8367       return;
8368     }
8369 
8370     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8371   }
8372 
8373   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8374   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8375   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8376   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8377       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8378     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8379   }
8380 
8381   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8382   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8383   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8384   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8385   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8386     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8387 
8388   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8389     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8390 
8391     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8392       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8393 
8394     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8395     // Although this code can still have problems:
8396     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8397     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8398     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8399     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8400     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8401     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8402       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8403         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8404                                  Init->getLocStart());
8405       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8406         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8407     }
8408   }
8409 
8410   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8411   //
8412   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8413   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8414   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8415   //
8416   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8417   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8418   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8419   //
8420   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8421   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8422                                           false,
8423                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8424   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8425     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8426     return;
8427   }
8428   Init = Result.take();
8429 
8430   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8431   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8432 
8433   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8434     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8435     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8436     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8437     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8438       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8439         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8440       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8441       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8442       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8443       // constant expressions.
8444       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8445                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8446                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8447         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8448              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8449           << Init->getSourceRange();
8450     }
8451   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8452              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8453     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8454     //
8455     // struct S {
8456     //   static const int value = 17;
8457     // };
8458 
8459     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8460     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8461     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8462     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8463     //
8464     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8465     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8466     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8467     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8468     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8469     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8470     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8471     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8472     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8473 
8474     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8475     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8476 
8477     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8478     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8479     // type.
8480     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8481 
8482     // Require constness.
8483     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8484       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8485         << Init->getSourceRange();
8486       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8487 
8488     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8489     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8490       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8491       SourceLocation Loc;
8492       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8493         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8494         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8495         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8496       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8497         ; // Nothing to check.
8498       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8499         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8500       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8501         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8502         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8503         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8504           << Init->getSourceRange();
8505       } else {
8506         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8507         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8508         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8509           << Init->getSourceRange();
8510         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8511       }
8512 
8513     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8514     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8515       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8516       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8517       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8518         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8519              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8520             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8521         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8522              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8523             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8524       } else {
8525         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8526           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8527 
8528         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8529           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8530             << Init->getSourceRange();
8531           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8532         }
8533       }
8534 
8535     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8536     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8537       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8538         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8539         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8540       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8541 
8542     } else {
8543       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8544         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8545       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8546     }
8547   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8548     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8549         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8550          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8551            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8552         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8553       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8554 
8555     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8556     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8557       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8558     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8559              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8560              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8561              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8562                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8563       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8564       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8565       //   initialization.
8566       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8567       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8568       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8569         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8570     }
8571   }
8572 
8573   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8574   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8575   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8576   //
8577   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8578   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8579   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8580   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8581   // special case code.
8582 
8583   // C++ 8.5p11:
8584   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8585   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8586   // class type.
8587   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8588     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8589     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8590   } else if (DirectInit) {
8591     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8592     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8593   }
8594 
8595   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8596 }
8597 
8598 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8599 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8600 /// of sanity.
8601 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8602   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8603   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8604   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8605 
8606   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8607   if (!VD) return;
8608 
8609   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8610   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8611     D->setInvalidDecl();
8612     return;
8613   }
8614 
8615   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8616   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8617 
8618   // Require a complete type.
8619   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8620                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8621                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8622     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8623     return;
8624   }
8625 
8626   // Require an abstract type.
8627   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8628                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8629                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8630     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8631     return;
8632   }
8633 
8634   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8635   // though.
8636 }
8637 
8638 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8639                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8640   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8641   if (RealDecl == 0)
8642     return;
8643 
8644   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8645     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8646 
8647     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8648     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8649       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8650         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8651       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8652       return;
8653     }
8654 
8655     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8656     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8657     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8658     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8659     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8660     // member.
8661     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8662       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8663         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8664              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8665           << Var->getDeclName();
8666       else
8667         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8668       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8669       return;
8670     }
8671 
8672     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8673     // be initialized.
8674     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8675         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8676         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8677       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8678       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8679       return;
8680     }
8681 
8682     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8683     case VarDecl::Definition:
8684       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8685         break;
8686 
8687       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8688       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8689       // a declaration.
8690       //
8691       // Fall through
8692 
8693     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8694       // It's only a declaration.
8695 
8696       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8697       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8698       // object shall be complete.
8699       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8700           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8701           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8702                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8703         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8704 
8705       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8706       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8707           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8708                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8709                                  AbstractVariableType))
8710         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8711       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8712           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8713         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8714         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8715       }
8716 
8717       return;
8718 
8719     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8720       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8721       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8722       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8723       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8724       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8725       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8726         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8727                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8728           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8729                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8730                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8731             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8732         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8733           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8734           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8735           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8736           // NOTE: code such as the following
8737           //     static struct s;
8738           //     struct s { int a; };
8739           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8740           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8741           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8742           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8743             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8744                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8745         }
8746       }
8747 
8748       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8749       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8750         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8751       return;
8752     }
8753 
8754     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8755     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8756     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8757       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8758            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8759       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8760       return;
8761     }
8762 
8763     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8764     // definitions with reference type.
8765     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8766       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8767         << Var->getDeclName()
8768         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8769       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8770       return;
8771     }
8772 
8773     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8774     // variable with dependent type.
8775     if (Type->isDependentType())
8776       return;
8777 
8778     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8779       return;
8780 
8781     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8782                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8783                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8784       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8785       return;
8786     }
8787 
8788     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8789     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8790                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8791                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8792       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8793       return;
8794     }
8795 
8796     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8797     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8798     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8799     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8800     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8801     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8802     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8803     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8804     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8805     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8806     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8807       if (const RecordType *Record
8808             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8809         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8810         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8811         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8812         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8813         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8814           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8815       }
8816     }
8817 
8818     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8819     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8820     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8821     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8822     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8823     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8824     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8825     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8826     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8827     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8828     //   program is ill-formed.
8829     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8830     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8831     //   default-initialized; [...].
8832     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8833     InitializationKind Kind
8834       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8835 
8836     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8837     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8838     if (Init.isInvalid())
8839       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8840     else if (Init.get()) {
8841       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8842       // This is important for template substitution.
8843       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8844     }
8845 
8846     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8847   }
8848 }
8849 
8850 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8851   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8852   if (!VD) {
8853     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8854     D->setInvalidDecl();
8855     return;
8856   }
8857 
8858   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8859 
8860   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8861   int Error = -1;
8862   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8863   case SC_None:
8864     break;
8865   case SC_Extern:
8866     Error = 0;
8867     break;
8868   case SC_Static:
8869     Error = 1;
8870     break;
8871   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8872     Error = 2;
8873     break;
8874   case SC_Auto:
8875     Error = 3;
8876     break;
8877   case SC_Register:
8878     Error = 4;
8879     break;
8880   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8881     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8882   }
8883   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8884     Error = 5;
8885   if (Error != -1) {
8886     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8887       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8888     D->setInvalidDecl();
8889   }
8890 }
8891 
8892 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8893   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8894 
8895   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8896   // local retaining variable.
8897   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8898       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8899     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8900     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8901     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8902     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8903       break;
8904 
8905     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8906     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8907       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8908       break;
8909     }
8910   }
8911 
8912   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
8913   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
8914   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
8915   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
8916   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
8917   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8918       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8919       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8920       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8921                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8922                        var->getLocation())) {
8923     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8924     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8925     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8926       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8927 
8928     if (!prev)
8929       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8930   }
8931 
8932   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8933       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8934     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8935     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8936     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8937     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8938     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8939       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8940   }
8941 
8942   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8943       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8944     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
8945     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
8946     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
8947       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
8948     else if (!var->getInit()) {
8949       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
8950       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
8951     } else {
8952       Stack = &DataSegStack;
8953       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
8954     }
8955     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
8956       var->addAttr(
8957           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
8958                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
8959                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
8960     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
8961       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
8962         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
8963   }
8964 
8965   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8966   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8967 
8968   QualType type = var->getType();
8969   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8970 
8971   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8972   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8973     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8974     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8975 
8976     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8977     // constructing this copy.
8978     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8979       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8980       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8981       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8982       ExprResult result
8983         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8984             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8985             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8986       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8987         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8988         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8989         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8990       }
8991     }
8992   }
8993 
8994   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8995   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8996   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8997 
8998   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8999       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9000     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9001         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9002                                             var->getLocation())
9003           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
9004       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9005       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9006       // warned about them.
9007       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9008       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9009           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9010         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9011           << Init->getSourceRange();
9012     }
9013 
9014     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9015       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9016       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9017         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9018         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9019         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9020         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9021               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9022           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9023           Notes.clear();
9024         }
9025         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9026           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9027         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9028           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9029       }
9030     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9031       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9032       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9033       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9034       var->checkInitIsICE();
9035     }
9036   }
9037 
9038   // Require the destructor.
9039   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9040     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9041 }
9042 
9043 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9044 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9045 void
9046 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9047   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9048   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9049 
9050   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9051   if (!VD)
9052     return;
9053 
9054   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9055 
9056   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9057     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9058       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9059       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9060     }
9061   }
9062 
9063   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9064       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9065     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9066       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9067         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9068             << VD->getDeclName();
9069         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9070         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9071       }
9072     }
9073   }
9074 
9075   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9076   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9077   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9078   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9079     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9080 
9081   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9082   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
9083     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9084 
9085   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9086   // tag values.
9087   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9088       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9089     return;
9090 
9091   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9092     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9093     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9094       continue;
9095     }
9096     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9097     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9098       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9099            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9100         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9101       continue;
9102     }
9103     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9104       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9105            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9106         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9107       continue;
9108     }
9109     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9110     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9111                                MagicValue,
9112                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9113                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9114                                I->getMustBeNull());
9115   }
9116 }
9117 
9118 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9119                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9120   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9121 
9122   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9123     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9124 
9125   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
9126   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9127     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9128       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9129         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9130           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9131       Decls.push_back(D);
9132     }
9133 
9134   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9135     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9136       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9137       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9138         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9139     }
9140   }
9141 
9142   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9143 }
9144 
9145 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9146 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9147 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9148 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9149                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9150   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9151   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9152   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9153   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9154   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9155   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9156   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9157   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9158     QualType Deduced;
9159     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9160     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
9161     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9162       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9163         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9164         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9165         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9166           break;
9167         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9168         if (!U.isNull()) {
9169           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9170           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9171             Deduced = U;
9172             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9173             DeducedDecl = D;
9174           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9175             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9176                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9177               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9178               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9179               << U << D->getDeclName()
9180               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9181               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9182             D->setInvalidDecl();
9183             break;
9184           }
9185         }
9186       }
9187     }
9188   }
9189 
9190   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9191 
9192   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9193       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9194 }
9195 
9196 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9197   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9198 }
9199 
9200 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9201   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9202   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9203    return;
9204 
9205   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9206                                Group[0]->getLocation())
9207         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9208     return;
9209 
9210   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9211     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9212     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9213     // additional declaration references:
9214     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9215     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9216     //   'struct S *pS;'
9217     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9218     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9219     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9220       Group = Group.slice(1);
9221     }
9222   }
9223 
9224   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9225   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9226   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9227       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9228     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9229     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9230     //
9231     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9232     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9233     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9234     // ahead through comments.
9235     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9236       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9237   }
9238 }
9239 
9240 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9241 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9242 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9243   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9244 
9245   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9246 
9247   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9248   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9249   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9250     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9251   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9252              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9253     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9254   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9255     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9256          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9257     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9258   }
9259 
9260   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9261     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9262       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9263   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9264     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9265       << 0;
9266 
9267   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9268 
9269   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9270   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9271 
9272   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9273     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9274     // parameter.
9275     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9276 
9277     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9278     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9279       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9280         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9281       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9282     }
9283   }
9284 
9285   // Ensure we have a valid name
9286   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9287   if (D.hasName()) {
9288     II = D.getIdentifier();
9289     if (!II) {
9290       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9291         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9292       D.setInvalidType(true);
9293     }
9294   }
9295 
9296   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9297   if (II) {
9298     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9299                    ForRedeclaration);
9300     LookupName(R, S);
9301     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9302       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9303       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9304         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9305         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9306         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9307         PrevDecl = 0;
9308       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9309         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9310         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9311 
9312         // Recover by removing the name
9313         II = 0;
9314         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9315         D.setInvalidType(true);
9316       }
9317     }
9318   }
9319 
9320   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9321   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9322   // looking like class members in C++.
9323   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9324                                     D.getLocStart(),
9325                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9326                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9327                                     StorageClass);
9328 
9329   if (D.isInvalidType())
9330     New->setInvalidDecl();
9331 
9332   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9333   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9334   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9335                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9336 
9337   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9338   S->AddDecl(New);
9339   if (II)
9340     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9341 
9342   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9343 
9344   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9345     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9346       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9347       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9348       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9349 
9350   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9351     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9352   }
9353   return New;
9354 }
9355 
9356 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9357 /// typedef.
9358 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9359                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9360                                               QualType T) {
9361   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9362      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9363      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9364   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9365                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9366                                            SC_None, 0);
9367   Param->setImplicit();
9368   return Param;
9369 }
9370 
9371 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9372                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9373   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9374   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9375   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9376     return;
9377 
9378   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9379     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9380         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9381       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9382         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9383     }
9384   }
9385 }
9386 
9387 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9388                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9389                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9390                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9391   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9392     return;
9393 
9394   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9395   // threshold.
9396   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9397     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9398     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9399       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9400           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9401   }
9402 
9403   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9404   // threshold.
9405   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9406     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9407     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9408       continue;
9409     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9410     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9411       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9412           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9413   }
9414 }
9415 
9416 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9417                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9418                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9419                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9420   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9421   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9422       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9423       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9424 
9425     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9426 
9427     // Special cases for arrays:
9428     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9429     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9430     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9431       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9432         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9433             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9434             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9435       }
9436       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9437     } else {
9438       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9439     }
9440     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9441   }
9442 
9443   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9444                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9445                                          TSInfo,
9446                                          StorageClass, 0);
9447 
9448   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9449   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9450   // the class has been completely parsed.
9451   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9452       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9453                              AbstractParamType))
9454     New->setInvalidDecl();
9455 
9456   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9457   // passed by reference.
9458   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9459     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9460     Diag(NameLoc,
9461          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9462       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9463     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9464     New->setType(T);
9465   }
9466 
9467   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9468   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9469   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9470   // an address space.
9471   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9472     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9473     New->setInvalidDecl();
9474   }
9475 
9476   return New;
9477 }
9478 
9479 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9480                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9481   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9482 
9483   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9484   // for a K&R function.
9485   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9486     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9487       --i;
9488       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == 0) {
9489         SmallString<256> Code;
9490         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9491             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9492         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9493             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9494             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9495 
9496         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9497         // type.
9498         AttributeFactory attrs;
9499         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9500         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9501         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9502         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9503                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9504         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9505         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9506         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9507         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9508         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9509         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9510       }
9511     }
9512   }
9513 }
9514 
9515 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9516   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9517   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9518   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9519 
9520   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9521   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9522   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9523 }
9524 
9525 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9526                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9527   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9528   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9529     return false;
9530 
9531   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9532   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9533     return false;
9534 
9535   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9536   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9537     return false;
9538 
9539   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9540   if (FD->isMain())
9541     return false;
9542 
9543   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9544   if (FD->isInlined())
9545     return false;
9546 
9547   // Don't warn about function templates.
9548   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9549     return false;
9550 
9551   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9552   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9553     return false;
9554 
9555   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9556   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9557     return false;
9558 
9559   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9560   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9561        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9562     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9563     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9564     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9565       continue;
9566 
9567     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9568     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9569       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9570     break;
9571   }
9572 
9573   return MissingPrototype;
9574 }
9575 
9576 void
9577 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9578                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9579   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9580   // was an extern inline function.
9581   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9582   if (!Definition)
9583     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9584       return;
9585 
9586   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9587     return;
9588 
9589   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9590       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9591     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9592         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9593   else
9594     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9595 
9596   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9597   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9598 }
9599 
9600 
9601 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9602                                    Sema &S) {
9603   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9604 
9605   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9606   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9607   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9608   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9609   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9610 
9611   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9612     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9613   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9614     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9615   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9616     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9617   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9618 
9619   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9620   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9621 
9622   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9623   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9624   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
9625     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
9626       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
9627       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9628         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9629       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9630       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9631       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9632           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
9633           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
9634                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9635           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0);
9636 
9637     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
9638       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
9639                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0);
9640     }
9641   }
9642 }
9643 
9644 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9645   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9646   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9647 
9648   if (!D)
9649     return D;
9650   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9651 
9652   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9653     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9654   else
9655     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9656   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9657   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9658   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9659   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9660   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9661   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9662   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9663   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9664   // have the LSI properly restored.
9665   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9666     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9667       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9668       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9669     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9670   }
9671   else
9672     // Enter a new function scope
9673     PushFunctionScope();
9674 
9675   // See if this is a redefinition.
9676   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9677     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9678 
9679   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9680   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9681     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9682         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9683       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9684       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9685     }
9686   }
9687 
9688   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9689   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9690   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9691   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9692       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9693       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9694                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9695     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9696 
9697   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9698   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9699   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9700   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9701   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9702   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9703   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9704     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9705 
9706     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9707       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9708       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9709       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9710               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9711         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9712         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9713           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9714                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9715             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9716             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9717       }
9718     }
9719   }
9720 
9721   if (FnBodyScope)
9722     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9723 
9724   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9725   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9726                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9727 
9728   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9729   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
9730     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9731 
9732     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9733     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9734       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9735 
9736       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9737     }
9738   }
9739 
9740   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9741   // introduce them into the function scope.
9742   if (FnBodyScope) {
9743     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9744              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9745              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9746          I != E; ++I) {
9747       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9748 
9749       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9750       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9751       // and reattach to the current context.
9752       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9753         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9754         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
9755           if (DI == D) {
9756             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9757             break;
9758           }
9759         }
9760         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9761         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9762       }
9763 
9764       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9765       if (!D->getName().empty())
9766         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9767 
9768       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9769       // accessible in this scope.
9770       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9771         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
9772           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9773       }
9774     }
9775   }
9776 
9777   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9778   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9779     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9780 
9781   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9782   // dllimport attribute.
9783   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9784   if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9785     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9786     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9787     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9788         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9789       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9790            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9791         << DA;
9792       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9793       return D;
9794     }
9795   }
9796   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9797   // a function template).
9798   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9799   return D;
9800 }
9801 
9802 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9803 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9804 /// optimization.
9805 ///
9806 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9807 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9808 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9809 /// use the named return value optimization.
9810 ///
9811 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9812 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9813 /// the NRVO variable.
9814 ///
9815 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9816 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9817 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9818 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9819   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9820 
9821   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9822   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9823     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9824       return;
9825 
9826     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9827       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9828     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9829       return;
9830   }
9831 
9832   if (NRVOCandidate)
9833     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9834 }
9835 
9836 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
9837   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
9838   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9839     return false;
9840 
9841   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
9842   // return type (yet).
9843   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
9844     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
9845     // we can still delay parsing it.
9846     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
9847       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
9848       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
9849           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
9850         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
9851         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
9852       }
9853     }
9854     return false;
9855   }
9856 
9857   return true;
9858 }
9859 
9860 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9861   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9862   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9863   // rest of the file.
9864   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9865   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9866   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
9867     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9868       return false;
9869   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
9870 }
9871 
9872 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9873   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9874     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9875   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9876     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9877   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9878 }
9879 
9880 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9881   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9882 }
9883 
9884 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9885                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9886   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0;
9887 
9888   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9889   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9890 
9891   if (FD) {
9892     FD->setBody(Body);
9893 
9894     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9895         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9896       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9897       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9898       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9899       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9900         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9901             << FD->getReturnType();
9902         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9903       } else {
9904         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9905         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9906             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
9907         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9908             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9909       }
9910     }
9911 
9912     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9913     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9914     // is the first declaration.
9915     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9916       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9917         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9918       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9919                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9920                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9921         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9922     }
9923 
9924     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9925     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9926     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9927       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9928 
9929     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9930     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
9931     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9932       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9933 
9934     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9935       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9936       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9937                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
9938 
9939       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9940       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9941         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9942 
9943       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9944       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9945       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9946       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
9947           !FD->isDependentContext())
9948         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9949     }
9950 
9951     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9952            "Function parsing confused");
9953   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9954     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9955     MD->setBody(Body);
9956     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9957       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9958       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9959                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
9960 
9961       if (Body)
9962         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9963     }
9964     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9965       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9966         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9967       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9968     }
9969     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
9970       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0;
9971       bool isDesignated =
9972           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
9973       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
9974       (void)isDesignated;
9975       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
9976       if (!MD->isUnavailable()) {
9977         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
9978              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
9979         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
9980              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
9981       }
9982       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
9983     }
9984     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
9985       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
9986       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
9987         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
9988       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
9989     }
9990   } else {
9991     return 0;
9992   }
9993 
9994   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9995          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9996          "handled in the block above.");
9997 
9998   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9999   if (Body) {
10000     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10001     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10002     // Verify this.
10003     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10004       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10005 
10006     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10007     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10008         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
10009         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
10010         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10011       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10012 
10013     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10014       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10015         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10016 
10017       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10018                                              Destructor->getParent());
10019     }
10020 
10021     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10022     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10023     // deletion in some later function.
10024     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10025         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10026       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10027     }
10028     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10029         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10030       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10031       // enabled.
10032       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10033     }
10034 
10035     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10036         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10037          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10038       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10039 
10040     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10041     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10042     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10043            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10044   }
10045 
10046   if (!IsInstantiation)
10047     PopDeclContext();
10048 
10049   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10050   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10051   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10052   // deletion in some later function.
10053   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10054     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10055   }
10056 
10057   return dcl;
10058 }
10059 
10060 
10061 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10062 /// relevant Decl.
10063 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10064                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10065   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10066   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10067     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10068   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10069 
10070   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10071     if (Method->isStatic())
10072       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10073 }
10074 
10075 
10076 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10077 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10078 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10079                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10080   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10081   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10082   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10083   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10084   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10085     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10086     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10087     return ExternCPrev;
10088   }
10089 
10090   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10091   unsigned diag_id;
10092   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10093     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10094   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10095     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10096   else
10097     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10098   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10099 
10100   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10101   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10102   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10103     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10104     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10105     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10106                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator)))
10107       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10108                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10109   }
10110 
10111   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10112   const char *Dummy;
10113   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10114   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10115   unsigned DiagID;
10116   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10117                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10118   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10119   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10120   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10121   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10122   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10123                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10124                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10125                                              /*Params=*/0,
10126                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10127                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10128                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10129                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10130                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10131                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10132                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10133                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10134                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10135                                              EST_None,
10136                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10137                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
10138                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
10139                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10140                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
10141                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10142                 DS.getAttributes(),
10143                 SourceLocation());
10144   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10145 
10146   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10147 
10148   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10149   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10150 
10151   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10152   FD->setImplicit();
10153 
10154   CurContext = PrevDC;
10155 
10156   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10157 
10158   return FD;
10159 }
10160 
10161 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10162 /// the declaration of this function.
10163 ///
10164 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10165 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10166 /// like NSLog or printf.
10167 ///
10168 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10169 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10170 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10171   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10172     return;
10173 
10174   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10175   // actual attributes.
10176   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10177     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10178     unsigned FormatIdx;
10179     bool HasVAListArg;
10180     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10181       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10182         const char *fmt = "printf";
10183         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10184         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10185             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10186           fmt = "NSString";
10187         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10188                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10189                                                FormatIdx+1,
10190                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10191                                                FD->getLocation()));
10192       }
10193     }
10194     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10195                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10196      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10197        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10198                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10199                                               FormatIdx+1,
10200                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10201                                               FD->getLocation()));
10202     }
10203 
10204     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10205     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10206     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10207     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10208         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10209       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10210         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10211     }
10212 
10213     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10214         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10215       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10216                                          FD->getLocation()));
10217     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10218       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10219     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10220       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10221   }
10222 
10223   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10224   if (!Name)
10225     return;
10226   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10227        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10228       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10229        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10230        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10231     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10232     // about.
10233   } else
10234     return;
10235 
10236   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10237     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10238     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10239     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10240       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10241                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10242                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10243                                              FD->getLocation()));
10244   }
10245 
10246   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10247     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10248     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10249     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10250       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10251                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10252   }
10253 }
10254 
10255 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10256                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10257   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10258   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10259 
10260   if (!TInfo) {
10261     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10262     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10263   }
10264 
10265   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10266   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10267                                            D.getLocStart(),
10268                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10269                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10270                                            TInfo);
10271 
10272   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10273   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10274     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10275     return NewTD;
10276   }
10277 
10278   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10279     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10280       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10281         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10282         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10283         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10284     else
10285       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10286   }
10287 
10288   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10289   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10290   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10291   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10292   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10293   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10294   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10295   case TST_enum:
10296   case TST_struct:
10297   case TST_interface:
10298   case TST_union:
10299   case TST_class: {
10300     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10301 
10302     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10303     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10304     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10305     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10306 
10307     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10308     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10309 
10310     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10311     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10312       break;
10313 
10314     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10315     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10316     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10317     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10318     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10319     // for how to handle it.
10320     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10321       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10322 
10323       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10324       tagLoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc, 0, getSourceManager(),
10325                                           getLangOpts());
10326 
10327       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10328       textToInsert += ' ';
10329       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10330       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10331         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10332       break;
10333     }
10334 
10335     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10336     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10337     break;
10338   }
10339 
10340   default:
10341     break;
10342   }
10343 
10344   return NewTD;
10345 }
10346 
10347 
10348 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10349 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10350   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10351   QualType T = TI->getType();
10352 
10353   if (T->isDependentType())
10354     return false;
10355 
10356   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10357     if (BT->isInteger())
10358       return false;
10359 
10360   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10361   return true;
10362 }
10363 
10364 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10365 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10366 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10367                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10368                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10369   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10370 
10371   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10372     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10373       << Prev->isScoped();
10374     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10375     return true;
10376   }
10377 
10378   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10379     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10380         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10381         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10382                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10383       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10384       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10385         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10386       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10387           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10388       return true;
10389     }
10390   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10391     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10392       << Prev->isFixed();
10393     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10394     return true;
10395   }
10396 
10397   return false;
10398 }
10399 
10400 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10401 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10402 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10403 ///
10404 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10405 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10406   switch (Tag) {
10407   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10408   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10409   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10410   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10411   }
10412 }
10413 
10414 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10415 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10416 ///
10417 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10418 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10419 {
10420   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10421 }
10422 
10423 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10424 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10425 ///
10426 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10427 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10428                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10429                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10430                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10431   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10432   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10433   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10434   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10435   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10436   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10437   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10438   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10439   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10440   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10441   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10442   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10443   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10444   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10445   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10446     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10447       return true;
10448 
10449   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10450     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10451     bool isTemplate = false;
10452     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10453       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10454 
10455     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10456       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10457       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10458       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10459         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10460         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10461       return true;
10462     }
10463 
10464     if (isDefinition) {
10465       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10466       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10467       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10468         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10469         return true;
10470       }
10471 
10472       bool previousMismatch = false;
10473       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10474         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10475           if (!previousMismatch) {
10476             previousMismatch = true;
10477             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10478               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10479               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10480           }
10481           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10482             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10483             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10484                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10485         }
10486       }
10487       return true;
10488     }
10489 
10490     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10491     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10492     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10493     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10494                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10495     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10496       return true;
10497     }
10498 
10499     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10500       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10501       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10502     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10503 
10504     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10505     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10506         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10507           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10508           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10509                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10510     }
10511 
10512     return true;
10513   }
10514   return false;
10515 }
10516 
10517 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10518 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10519 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10520 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10521 ///
10522 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10523 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10524 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10525                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10526                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10527                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10528                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10529                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10530                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10531                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10532                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10533                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10534                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10535   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10536   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10537   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10538          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10539   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10540 
10541   OwnedDecl = false;
10542   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10543   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10544 
10545   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10546   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10547   bool Invalid = false;
10548 
10549   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10550   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10551   // for non-C++ cases.
10552   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10553       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10554     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10555             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10556                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend,
10557                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10558       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10559         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10560         return 0;
10561       }
10562 
10563       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10564         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10565         // be a member of another template).
10566 
10567         if (Invalid)
10568           return 0;
10569 
10570         OwnedDecl = false;
10571         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10572                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10573                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10574                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10575                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10576                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10577         return Result.get();
10578       } else {
10579         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10580         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10581           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10582         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10583       }
10584     }
10585   }
10586 
10587   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10588   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10589   // redeclaration.
10590   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10591 
10592   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10593     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10594       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10595       // type, default to int.
10596       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10597     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10598       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10599       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10600       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10601       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10602       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10603 
10604       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10605         // Recover by falling back to int.
10606         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10607 
10608       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10609                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10610         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10611 
10612     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10613       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10614       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10615   }
10616 
10617   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10618   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10619   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10620 
10621   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10622   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10623     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10624 
10625   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10626   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10627   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10628     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10629 
10630     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10631     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10632       Name = 0;
10633       goto CreateNewDecl;
10634     }
10635 
10636     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10637     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10638     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10639       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10640       if (!DC) {
10641         IsDependent = true;
10642         return 0;
10643       }
10644     } else {
10645       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10646       if (!DC) {
10647         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10648           << SS.getRange();
10649         return 0;
10650       }
10651     }
10652 
10653     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10654       return 0;
10655 
10656     SearchDC = DC;
10657     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10658     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10659 
10660     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10661       return 0;
10662 
10663     if (Previous.empty()) {
10664       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10665       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10666       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10667       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10668       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10669       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10670       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10671           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10672         IsDependent = true;
10673         return 0;
10674       }
10675 
10676       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10677       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10678         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10679       Name = 0;
10680       Invalid = true;
10681       goto CreateNewDecl;
10682     }
10683   } else if (Name) {
10684     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10685     // declaration or definition.
10686     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10687     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10688     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10689     LookupName(Previous, S);
10690 
10691     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10692     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10693     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10694         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10695       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10696       while (F.hasNext()) {
10697         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10698         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10699           F.erase();
10700       }
10701       F.done();
10702     }
10703 
10704     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10705     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10706     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10707     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10708     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10709     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10710     //
10711     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10712     // semantic context?
10713     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10714       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10715       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10716       while (F.hasNext()) {
10717         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10718         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10719         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10720             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10721           F.erase();
10722           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10723         }
10724       }
10725       F.done();
10726     }
10727 
10728     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10729     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10730       return 0;
10731 
10732     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10733       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10734       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10735       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10736       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10737       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10738         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10739     }
10740   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10741     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10742     // initial context to the translation unit.
10743     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10744     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10745   }
10746 
10747   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10748       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10749     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10750     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10751     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10752     Previous.clear();
10753   }
10754 
10755   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10756       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10757     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10758     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10759 
10760     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10761       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10762       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10763       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10764       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10765     }
10766   }
10767 
10768   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10769   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10770   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10771   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10772   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10773       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10774     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10775     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10776 
10777     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10778       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10779       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10780       //
10781       //          class-key identifier
10782       //
10783       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10784       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10785       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10786       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10787       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10788       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10789       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10790       //      declaration.
10791       //
10792       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10793       // C structs and unions.
10794       //
10795       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10796       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10797       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10798       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10799       //
10800       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10801       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10802       //
10803       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10804       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10805       // lexical context,
10806       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10807         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10808 
10809       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10810       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10811              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10812               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10813              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10814              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10815         S = S->getParent();
10816     } else {
10817       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10818       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10819       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10820       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10821       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10822       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10823     }
10824 
10825     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10826     // diagnose some problems.
10827     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10828       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10829       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10830     }
10831   }
10832 
10833   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10834     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10835     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
10836         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
10837 
10838     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10839     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10840     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10841     // in C++.
10842     //
10843     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10844     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10845     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10846     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10847     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10848       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10849         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10850           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10851           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10852               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10853                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10854             PrevDecl = Tag;
10855             Previous.clear();
10856             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10857             Previous.resolveKind();
10858           }
10859         }
10860       }
10861     }
10862 
10863     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10864       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10865       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10866       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10867       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10868           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10869                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10870         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10871         // struct or something similar.
10872         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10873                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10874                                           *Name)) {
10875           bool SafeToContinue
10876             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10877                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10878           if (SafeToContinue)
10879             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10880               << Name
10881               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10882                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10883           else
10884             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10885           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10886 
10887           if (SafeToContinue)
10888             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10889           else {
10890             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10891             Name = 0;
10892             Previous.clear();
10893             Invalid = true;
10894           }
10895         }
10896 
10897         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10898           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10899 
10900           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10901           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10902           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10903             if (ScopedEnum)
10904               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10905                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10906                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10907             return PrevTagDecl;
10908           }
10909 
10910           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10911           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10912             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10913           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10914             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10915 
10916           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10917           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10918           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10919           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10920                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10921             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10922         }
10923 
10924         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10925         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10926         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10927         //   and then later defined.
10928         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10929             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10930           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10931           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10932         }
10933 
10934         if (!Invalid) {
10935           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10936 
10937           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10938           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10939           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10940           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10941           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10942                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10943             return PrevTagDecl;
10944 
10945           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10946           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10947             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10948               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10949               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10950               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10951               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10952               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10953                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10954                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10955                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10956                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10957                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10958                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10959                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10960                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10961               }
10962 
10963               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10964                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10965                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10966                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10967                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10968                 else
10969                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10970                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10971                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10972                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10973                 // references get the previous definition.
10974                 Name = 0;
10975                 Previous.clear();
10976                 Invalid = true;
10977               }
10978             } else {
10979               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10980               // about a nested redefinition.
10981               const TagType *Tag
10982                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10983               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10984                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10985                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10986                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10987                 Name = 0;
10988                 Previous.clear();
10989                 Invalid = true;
10990               }
10991             }
10992 
10993             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10994             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10995           }
10996         }
10997         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10998         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10999 
11000       } else {
11001         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11002         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11003         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11004         // have distinct types.
11005         Previous.clear();
11006       }
11007       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11008       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11009       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11010 
11011 
11012     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11013     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11014     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11015     } else {
11016       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11017       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11018       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11019       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11020           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11021         unsigned Kind = 0;
11022         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11023         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11024         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11025         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11026         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11027         Invalid = true;
11028 
11029       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11030       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11031                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11032         // do nothing
11033 
11034       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11035       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11036         unsigned Kind = 0;
11037         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11038         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11039         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11040         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11041         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11042         Invalid = true;
11043 
11044       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11045       // case here.
11046       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11047         unsigned Kind = 0;
11048         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11049         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11050           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11051         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11052         Invalid = true;
11053 
11054       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11055       } else {
11056         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11057         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11058         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11059         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11060         Name = 0;
11061         Invalid = true;
11062       }
11063 
11064       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11065       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11066       Previous.clear();
11067     }
11068   }
11069 
11070 CreateNewDecl:
11071 
11072   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11073   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11074     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11075 
11076   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11077   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11078   // keyword.
11079   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11080 
11081   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11082   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11083   // PrevDecl.
11084   TagDecl *New;
11085 
11086   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11087   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11088     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11089     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11090     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11091                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11092                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11093     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11094     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11095       TagDecl *Def;
11096       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11097           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11098         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11099         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11100       }
11101       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11102         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11103           << New;
11104         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11105       } else {
11106         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11107         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11108           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11109         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11110           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11111         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11112 
11113         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11114         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11115         // the declaration context.
11116         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11117           IsForwardReference = true;
11118       }
11119     }
11120 
11121     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11122       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11123       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11124         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11125       else
11126         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11127       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11128     }
11129 
11130   } else {
11131     // struct/union/class
11132 
11133     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11134     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11135     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11136       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11137       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11138                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11139 
11140       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11141         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11142     } else
11143       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11144                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11145   }
11146 
11147   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11148   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11149   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11150     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11151       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11152     Invalid = true;
11153   }
11154 
11155   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11156   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11157     if (SS.isSet()) {
11158       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11159       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11160       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11161       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11162       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11163       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11164           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11165           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11166         Invalid = true;
11167 
11168       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11169       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11170         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11171                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11172                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11173       }
11174     }
11175     else
11176       Invalid = true;
11177   }
11178 
11179   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11180     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11181     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11182     //
11183     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11184     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11185     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11186     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11187     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11188     // parsing of the struct).
11189     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11190       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11191       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11192     }
11193   }
11194 
11195   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11196     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11197       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11198         << 2
11199         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11200     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11201     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11202     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11203     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11204       New->setModulePrivate();
11205   }
11206 
11207   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11208   // check the specialization.
11209   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11210     Invalid = true;
11211 
11212   if (Invalid)
11213     New->setInvalidDecl();
11214 
11215   if (Attr)
11216     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11217 
11218   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11219   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11220   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11221   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11222       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11223     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11224     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11225   }
11226 
11227   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11228   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11229   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11230 
11231   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11232   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11233   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11234   // the tag name visible.
11235   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11236     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11237                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11238 
11239   // Set the access specifier.
11240   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11241     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11242 
11243   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11244     New->startDefinition();
11245 
11246   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11247   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11248     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11249     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11250     if (PrevDecl)
11251       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11252 
11253     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11254     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11255     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11256       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11257         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11258   } else if (Name) {
11259     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11260     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11261     if (IsForwardReference)
11262       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11263 
11264   } else {
11265     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11266   }
11267 
11268   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11269   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11270     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11271         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11272         II->isStr("FILE"))
11273       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11274 
11275   if (PrevDecl)
11276     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11277 
11278   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11279   // record.
11280   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11281 
11282   OwnedDecl = true;
11283   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11284   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11285   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
11286 }
11287 
11288 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11289   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11290   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11291 
11292   // Enter the tag context.
11293   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11294 
11295   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11296 
11297   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11298   // record.
11299   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11300 }
11301 
11302 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11303   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11304          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11305   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11306   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11307       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11308   CurContext = OCD;
11309   return IDecl;
11310 }
11311 
11312 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11313                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11314                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11315                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11316   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11317   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11318 
11319   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11320 
11321   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11322     return;
11323 
11324   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11325     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11326                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11327 
11328   // C++ [class]p2:
11329   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11330   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11331   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11332   //   as if it were a public member name.
11333   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11334     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11335                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11336                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11337                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
11338                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11339   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11340   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11341   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11342   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11343       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11344   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11345   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11346          "Broken injected-class-name");
11347 }
11348 
11349 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11350                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11351   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11352   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11353   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11354 
11355   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11356   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11357     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11358     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11359       RD->completeDefinition();
11360   }
11361 
11362   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11363     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11364 
11365   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11366   PopDeclContext();
11367 
11368   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11369       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11370     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11371 
11372   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11373   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11374     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11375 }
11376 
11377 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11378   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11379   PopDeclContext();
11380 }
11381 
11382 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11383   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11384   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11385   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11386 }
11387 
11388 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11389   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11390   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11391 }
11392 
11393 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11394   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11395   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11396   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11397 
11398   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11399   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11400     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11401       RD->completeDefinition();
11402   }
11403 
11404   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11405   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11406   // the FieldCollector.
11407 
11408   PopDeclContext();
11409 }
11410 
11411 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11412 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11413                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11414                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11415                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11416   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11417   if (ZeroWidth)
11418     *ZeroWidth = true;
11419 
11420   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11421   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11422   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11423     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11424     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11425       return ExprError();
11426     if (FieldName)
11427       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11428         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11429     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11430       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11431   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11432                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11433     return ExprError();
11434 
11435   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11436   // it now.
11437   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11438     return Owned(BitWidth);
11439 
11440   llvm::APSInt Value;
11441   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11442   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11443     return ICE;
11444   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11445 
11446   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11447     *ZeroWidth = false;
11448 
11449   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11450   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11451     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11452 
11453   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11454     if (FieldName)
11455       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11456                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11457     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11458       << Value.toString(10);
11459   }
11460 
11461   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11462     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11463     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11464       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11465           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11466         if (FieldName)
11467           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11468             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11469             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11470 
11471         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11472           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11473       }
11474 
11475       if (FieldName)
11476         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11477           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11478           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11479       else
11480         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11481           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11482     }
11483   }
11484 
11485   return Owned(BitWidth);
11486 }
11487 
11488 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11489 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11490 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11491                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11492   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11493                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11494                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11495   return Res;
11496 }
11497 
11498 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11499 ///
11500 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11501                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11502                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11503                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11504                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11505   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11506   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11507   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11508 
11509   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11510   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11511   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11512     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11513 
11514     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11515                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11516       D.setInvalidType();
11517       T = Context.IntTy;
11518       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11519     }
11520   }
11521 
11522   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11523   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11524     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11525     D.setInvalidType();
11526   }
11527 
11528   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11529   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11530   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11531     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11532     D.setInvalidType();
11533   }
11534 
11535   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11536 
11537   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11538     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11539          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11540       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11541 
11542   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11543   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11544   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11545   LookupName(Previous, S);
11546   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11547     case LookupResult::Found:
11548     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11549       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11550       break;
11551 
11552     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11553       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11554       break;
11555 
11556     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11557     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11558     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11559       break;
11560   }
11561   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11562 
11563   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11564     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11565     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11566     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11567     PrevDecl = 0;
11568   }
11569 
11570   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11571     PrevDecl = 0;
11572 
11573   bool Mutable
11574     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11575   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11576   FieldDecl *NewFD
11577     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11578                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11579 
11580   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11581     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11582 
11583   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11584     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11585 
11586   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11587     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11588     // with the same name in the same scope.
11589   } else if (II) {
11590     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11591   } else
11592     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11593 
11594   return NewFD;
11595 }
11596 
11597 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11598 ///
11599 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11600 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11601 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11602 /// created.
11603 ///
11604 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11605 ///
11606 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11607 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11608                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11609                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11610                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11611                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11612                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11613                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11614                                 Declarator *D) {
11615   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11616   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11617   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11618 
11619   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11620   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11621   if (T.isNull()) {
11622     InvalidDecl = true;
11623     T = Context.IntTy;
11624   }
11625 
11626   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11627   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11628     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11629       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11630       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11631       InvalidDecl = true;
11632     } else {
11633       NamedDecl *Def;
11634       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11635       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11636         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11637         InvalidDecl = true;
11638       }
11639     }
11640   }
11641 
11642   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11643   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11644     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11645     InvalidDecl = true;
11646   }
11647 
11648   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11649   // than a variably modified type.
11650   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11651     bool SizeIsNegative;
11652     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11653 
11654     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11655       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11656                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11657                                                     Oversized);
11658     if (FixedTInfo) {
11659       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11660       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11661       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11662     } else {
11663       if (SizeIsNegative)
11664         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11665       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11666         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11667           << Oversized.toString(10);
11668       else
11669         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11670       InvalidDecl = true;
11671     }
11672   }
11673 
11674   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11675   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11676                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11677                                              AbstractFieldType))
11678     InvalidDecl = true;
11679 
11680   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11681   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11682   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11683     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11684                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11685     if (!BitWidth) {
11686       InvalidDecl = true;
11687       BitWidth = 0;
11688       ZeroWidth = false;
11689     }
11690   }
11691 
11692   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11693   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11694     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11695     if (T->isReferenceType())
11696       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11697     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11698       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11699 
11700     if (DiagID) {
11701       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11702       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11703         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11704       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11705       Mutable = false;
11706       InvalidDecl = true;
11707     }
11708   }
11709 
11710   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
11711   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
11712   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
11713   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
11714     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
11715 
11716   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11717                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11718   if (InvalidDecl)
11719     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11720 
11721   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11722     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11723     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11724     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11725   }
11726 
11727   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11728     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11729       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11730         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11731         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11732           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11733           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11734           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11735           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11736           // objects.
11737           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11738             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11739         }
11740       }
11741 
11742       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11743       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11744       // enabled.
11745       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11746         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11747                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11748                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11749           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11750         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11751           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11752       }
11753     }
11754   }
11755 
11756   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11757   // representation, not a parser representation.
11758   if (D) {
11759     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11760     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11761 
11762     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11763       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11764   }
11765 
11766   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11767   // retainable type.
11768   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11769     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11770 
11771   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11772     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11773 
11774   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11775   return NewFD;
11776 }
11777 
11778 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11779   assert(FD);
11780   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11781 
11782   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11783     return false;
11784 
11785   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11786   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11787     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11788     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11789       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11790       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11791       // copy constructors.
11792 
11793       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11794       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11795       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11796       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11797       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11798       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11799       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11800         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11801       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11802         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11803       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11804         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11805       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11806         member = CXXDestructor;
11807 
11808       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11809         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11810             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11811           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11812           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11813           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11814           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11815           // members unavailable.
11816           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11817           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11818             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11819               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11820                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
11821                                   Loc));
11822             return false;
11823           }
11824         }
11825 
11826         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11827                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11828                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11829           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11830         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11831         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11832       }
11833     }
11834   }
11835 
11836   return false;
11837 }
11838 
11839 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11840 ///  AST enum value.
11841 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11842 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11843   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11844   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11845   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11846   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11847   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11848   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11849   }
11850 }
11851 
11852 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11853 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11854 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11855                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11856                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11857                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11858 
11859   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11860   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11861   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11862   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11863 
11864   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11865   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11866 
11867   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11868   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11869 
11870   if (BitWidth) {
11871     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11872     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11873     if (!BitWidth)
11874       D.setInvalidType();
11875   } else {
11876     // Not a bitfield.
11877 
11878     // validate II.
11879 
11880   }
11881   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11882     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11883     D.setInvalidType();
11884   }
11885   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11886   // than a variably modified type.
11887   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11888     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11889     D.setInvalidType();
11890   }
11891 
11892   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11893   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11894     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11895                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11896   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11897   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11898   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11899     return 0;
11900   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11901   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11902       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11903     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11904     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11905       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11906       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11907     }
11908     else
11909       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11910   } else {
11911     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11912         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11913       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11914         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11915         return 0;
11916       }
11917     }
11918     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11919   }
11920 
11921   // Construct the decl.
11922   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11923                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11924                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11925 
11926   if (II) {
11927     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11928                                            ForRedeclaration);
11929     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11930         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11931       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11932       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11933       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11934     }
11935   }
11936 
11937   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11938   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11939 
11940   if (D.isInvalidType())
11941     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11942 
11943   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11944   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11945     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11946 
11947   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11948     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11949 
11950   if (II) {
11951     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11952     // these to the interface.
11953     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11954     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11955   }
11956 
11957   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11958       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11959     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11960 
11961   return NewID;
11962 }
11963 
11964 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11965 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11966 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11967 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11968 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11969                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11970   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11971     return;
11972 
11973   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11974   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11975 
11976   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11977     return;
11978   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11979   if (!ID) {
11980     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11981       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11982         return;
11983     }
11984     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11985     else
11986       return;
11987   }
11988   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11989   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11990   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11991 
11992   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11993                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11994                               Context.CharTy,
11995                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11996                                                                DeclLoc),
11997                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11998                               true);
11999   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12000 }
12001 
12002 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12003                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12004                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12005   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12006 
12007   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12008   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12009   // it will now change.
12010   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12011     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12012     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12013     default: break;
12014     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12015       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12016       break;
12017     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12018       Context.
12019         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12020       break;
12021     }
12022   }
12023 
12024   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12025 
12026   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12027   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12028   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12029   if (Record) {
12030     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12031       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12032         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12033           ++NumNamedMembers;
12034     }
12035   }
12036 
12037   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12038   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12039 
12040   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12041   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12042        i != end; ++i) {
12043     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12044 
12045     // Get the type for the field.
12046     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12047 
12048     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12049       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12050       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12051     }
12052 
12053     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12054     // diagnostics about it.
12055     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12056       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12057       continue;
12058     }
12059 
12060     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12061     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12062     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12063     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12064     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12065     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12066     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12067     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12068     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12069     //   array.
12070     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12071       // Field declared as a function.
12072       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12073         << FD->getDeclName();
12074       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12075       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12076       continue;
12077     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12078                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12079                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12080                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12081                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12082       // Flexible array member.
12083       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12084       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12085       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12086       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12087       if (Record->isUnion())
12088         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12089                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12090                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12091                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12092                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12093       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12094         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12095                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12096                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12097                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12098                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12099                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12100                                  : 0;
12101 
12102       if (DiagID)
12103         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12104                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12105       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12106       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12107       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12108       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12109       // of the type.
12110       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12111         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12112           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12113             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12114       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12115         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12116           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12117 
12118       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12119       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12120       //
12121       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12122       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12123       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12124       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12125         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12126           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12127         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12128         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12129         continue;
12130       }
12131       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12132       if (Record)
12133         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12134     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12135                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12136                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12137       // Incomplete type
12138       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12139       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12140       continue;
12141     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12142       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12143         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12144         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12145           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12146         } else {
12147           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12148           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12149           // structures.
12150           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12151             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12152               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12153           else {
12154             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12155             // other structs as an extension.
12156             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12157               << FD->getDeclName();
12158             if (Record)
12159               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12160           }
12161         }
12162       }
12163       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12164           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12165                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12166                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12167         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12168         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12169       }
12170       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12171         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12172       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12173         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12174     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12175       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12176       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12177         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12178       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12179       FD->setType(T);
12180     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12181                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12182       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12183       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12184       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12185       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12186       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12187       QualType T = FD->getType();
12188       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12189       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12190         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12191         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12192           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12193             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12194                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12195                               loc));
12196           }
12197         } else {
12198           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12199             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12200         }
12201         ARCErrReported = true;
12202       }
12203     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12204                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12205                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12206       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12207           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12208         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12209       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12210         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12211         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12212             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12213           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12214         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12215                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12216                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12217       }
12218     }
12219     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12220       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12221     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12222     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12223       ++NumNamedMembers;
12224   }
12225 
12226   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12227   if (Record) {
12228     bool Completed = false;
12229     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12230       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12231         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12232         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12233                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12234                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12235           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12236 
12237         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12238           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12239             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12240             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12241               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12242                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12243           }
12244 
12245           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12246           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12247 
12248           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12249           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12250           // problem now.
12251           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12252             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12253             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12254 
12255             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12256                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12257                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12258               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12259                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12260                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12261                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12262                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12263                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12264                   continue;
12265 
12266                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12267                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12268                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12269                 //   program is ill-formed.
12270                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12271                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12272                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12273                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12274                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12275                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12276                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12277                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12278                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12279                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12280 
12281                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12282               }
12283             }
12284             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12285             Completed = true;
12286           }
12287         }
12288       }
12289     }
12290 
12291     if (!Completed)
12292       Record->completeDefinition();
12293 
12294     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12295       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12296 
12297       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12298         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12299                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12300                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12301     }
12302 
12303     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12304     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12305     // compatibility problems.
12306     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12307     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12308       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12309     } else {
12310       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12311       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12312       CheckForZeroSize =
12313           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12314           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12315           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12316     }
12317     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12318       bool ZeroSize = true;
12319       bool IsEmpty = true;
12320       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12321       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12322                                       E = Record->field_end();
12323            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12324         IsEmpty = false;
12325         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12326           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12327             ZeroSize = false;
12328         } else {
12329           ++NonBitFields;
12330           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12331           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12332               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12333             ZeroSize = false;
12334         }
12335       }
12336 
12337       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12338       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12339       // extern "C" block.
12340       if (ZeroSize) {
12341         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12342                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12343                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12344           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12345       }
12346 
12347       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12348       // but are accepted by GCC.
12349       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12350         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12351                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12352           << Record->isUnion();
12353       }
12354     }
12355   } else {
12356     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12357       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12358     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12359       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12360       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12361       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12362         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12363         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12364       }
12365       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12366       // duplicates.
12367       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12368         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12369     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12370                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12371       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12372       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12373         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12374         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12375         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12376       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12377       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12378       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12379     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12380                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12381       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12382       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12383       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12384       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12385       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12386       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12387       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12388       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12389         if (IDecl) {
12390           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12391               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12392             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12393                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12394             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12395             continue;
12396           }
12397           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12398             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12399                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12400               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12401                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12402               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12403               continue;
12404             }
12405           }
12406         }
12407         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12408         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12409       }
12410       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12411       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12412     }
12413   }
12414 
12415   if (Attr)
12416     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12417 }
12418 
12419 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12420 /// the given type T.
12421 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12422                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12423                                         QualType T) {
12424   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12425   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12426 
12427   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12428     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12429       --BitWidth;
12430     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12431   }
12432   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12433 }
12434 
12435 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12436 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12437 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12438   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12439   // enum checking below.
12440   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12441   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12442   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12443     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12444   };
12445   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12446     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12447     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12448   };
12449 
12450   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12451   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12452                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12453   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12454     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12455       return Types[I];
12456 
12457   return QualType();
12458 }
12459 
12460 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12461                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12462                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12463                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12464                                           Expr *Val) {
12465   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12466   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12467   QualType EltTy;
12468 
12469   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12470     Val = 0;
12471 
12472   if (Val)
12473     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12474 
12475   if (Val) {
12476     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12477       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12478     else {
12479       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12480       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12481           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12482         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12483         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12484         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12485         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12486         ExprResult Converted =
12487           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12488                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12489         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12490           Val = 0;
12491         else
12492           Val = Converted.take();
12493       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12494                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12495                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12496         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12497       } else {
12498         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12499           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12500 
12501           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12502           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12503           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12504           // expression checking.
12505           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12506             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12507               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12508               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12509             } else
12510               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12511           } else
12512             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12513         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12514           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12515           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12516           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12517           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12518           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12519           EltTy = Val->getType();
12520         } else {
12521           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12522           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12523           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12524           //   representable as an int.
12525 
12526           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12527           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12528             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12529               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12530               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12531           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12532             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12533             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12534           }
12535           EltTy = Val->getType();
12536         }
12537       }
12538     }
12539   }
12540 
12541   if (!Val) {
12542     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12543       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12544     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12545       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12546       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12547       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12548       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12549       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12550       //
12551       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12552       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12553       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12554         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12555       }
12556       else {
12557         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12558       }
12559     } else {
12560       // Assign the last value + 1.
12561       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12562       ++EnumVal;
12563       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12564 
12565       // Check for overflow on increment.
12566       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12567         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12568         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12569         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12570         //
12571         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12572         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12573         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12574         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12575         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12576         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12577         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12578         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12579           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12580           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12581           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12582           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12583           ++EnumVal;
12584           if (Enum->isFixed())
12585             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12586             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12587               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12588               << EltTy;
12589           else
12590             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12591               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12592         } else {
12593           EltTy = T;
12594         }
12595 
12596         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12597         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12598         // value, then increment.
12599         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12600         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12601         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12602         ++EnumVal;
12603 
12604         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12605         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12606         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12607         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12608         // integral type.
12609         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12610           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12611       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12612                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12613         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12614         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12615           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12616       }
12617     }
12618   }
12619 
12620   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12621     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12622     // enumerator's type.
12623     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12624     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12625   }
12626 
12627   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12628                                   Val, EnumVal);
12629 }
12630 
12631 
12632 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12633                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12634                               AttributeList *Attr,
12635                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12636   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12637   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12638     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12639 
12640   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12641   // we find one that is.
12642   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12643 
12644   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12645   // scope.
12646   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12647                                          ForRedeclaration);
12648   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12649     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12650     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12651     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12652     PrevDecl = 0;
12653   }
12654 
12655   if (PrevDecl) {
12656     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12657     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12658     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12659            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12660     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12661       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12662         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12663       else
12664         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12665       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12666       return 0;
12667     }
12668   }
12669 
12670   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12671   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12672   // different from T:
12673   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12674   // enumerated type
12675   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12676                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12677                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12678     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12679         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12680       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12681 
12682   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12683     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12684 
12685   if (New) {
12686     // Process attributes.
12687     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12688 
12689     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12690     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12691     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12692   }
12693 
12694   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12695 
12696   return New;
12697 }
12698 
12699 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12700 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12701 // Element2 = Element1
12702 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12703 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12704 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12705 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12706   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12707   if (!InitExpr)
12708     return true;
12709   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12710 
12711   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12712     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12713       return true;
12714     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12715     if (!IL)
12716       return true;
12717     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12718       return true;
12719 
12720     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12721   }
12722 
12723   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12724   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12725   if (!DRE)
12726     return true;
12727 
12728   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12729   if (!EnumConstant)
12730     return true;
12731 
12732   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12733       Enum)
12734     return true;
12735 
12736   return false;
12737 }
12738 
12739 struct DupKey {
12740   int64_t val;
12741   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12742   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12743     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12744 };
12745 
12746 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12747   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12748                 false);
12749 }
12750 
12751 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12752   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12753   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12754   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12755     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12756   }
12757   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12758     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12759            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12760   }
12761 };
12762 
12763 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12764 // a previous element has already been set to.
12765 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12766                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12767                                         QualType EnumType) {
12768   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12769                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12770       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12771     return;
12772   // Avoid anonymous enums
12773   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12774     return;
12775 
12776   // Only check for small enums.
12777   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12778     return;
12779 
12780   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12781   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12782 
12783   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12784   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12785           ValueToVectorMap;
12786 
12787   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12788   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12789 
12790   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12791   // an initialier.
12792   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12793     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12794 
12795     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12796     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12797     if (!ECD) {
12798       return;
12799     }
12800 
12801     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12802       continue;
12803 
12804     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12805     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12806 
12807     // First time encountering this value.
12808     if (Entry.isNull())
12809       Entry = ECD;
12810   }
12811 
12812   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12813   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12814     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12815     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12816       continue;
12817 
12818     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12819 
12820     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12821     if (Entry.isNull())
12822       continue;
12823 
12824     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12825       // Ensure constants are different.
12826       if (D == ECD)
12827         continue;
12828 
12829       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12830       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12831       Vec->push_back(D);
12832       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12833 
12834       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12835       Entry = Vec;
12836 
12837       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12838       // diagnostics.
12839       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12840       continue;
12841     }
12842 
12843     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12844     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12845     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12846       continue;
12847 
12848     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12849   }
12850 
12851   // Emit diagnostics.
12852   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12853                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12854        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12855     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12856     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12857 
12858     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12859     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12860     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12861       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12862       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12863     ++I;
12864 
12865     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12866     // the same value.
12867     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12868       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12869         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12870         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12871     delete Vec;
12872   }
12873 }
12874 
12875 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12876                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12877                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12878                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12879   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12880   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12881 
12882   if (Attr)
12883     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12884 
12885   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12886     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12887       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12888         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12889       if (!ECD) continue;
12890 
12891       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12892     }
12893 
12894     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12895     return;
12896   }
12897 
12898   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12899   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12900   // emit a warning.
12901   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12902   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12903   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12904 
12905   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12906   // reverse the list.
12907   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12908   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12909 
12910   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12911   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12912 
12913   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12914     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12915       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12916     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12917 
12918     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12919 
12920     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12921     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12922       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12923                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12924     else
12925       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12926                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12927 
12928     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12929     if (AllElementsInt)
12930       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12931   }
12932 
12933   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12934   QualType BestType;
12935   unsigned BestWidth;
12936 
12937   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12938   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12939   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12940   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12941   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12942   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12943   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12944   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12945   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12946   QualType BestPromotionType;
12947 
12948   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
12949   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12950   // enum definitions.
12951   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12952     Packed = true;
12953 
12954   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12955     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12956     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12957       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12958     else
12959       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12960     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12961     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12962     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12963     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12964   }
12965   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12966     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12967     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12968     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12969     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12970       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12971       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12972     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12973                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12974       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12975       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12976     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12977       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12978       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12979     } else {
12980       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12981 
12982       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12983         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12984       } else {
12985         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12986 
12987         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12988           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
12989         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12990       }
12991     }
12992     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12993   } else {
12994     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12995     // all of the enumerator values.
12996     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12997     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12998       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12999       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13000       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13001     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13002       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13003       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13004       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13005     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13006       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13007       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13008       BestPromotionType
13009         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13010                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13011     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13012                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13013       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13014       BestPromotionType
13015         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13016                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13017     } else {
13018       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13019       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13020              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13021       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13022       BestPromotionType
13023         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13024                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13025     }
13026   }
13027 
13028   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13029   // the type of the enum if needed.
13030   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13031     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13032     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13033 
13034     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13035     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13036     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13037     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13038     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13039 
13040     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13041     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13042 
13043     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13044     // the enum decl type.
13045     QualType NewTy;
13046     unsigned NewWidth;
13047     bool NewSign;
13048     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13049         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13050         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13051       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13052       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13053       NewSign = true;
13054     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13055       // Already the right type!
13056       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13057         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13058         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13059         // enumeration.
13060         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13061       continue;
13062     } else {
13063       NewTy = BestType;
13064       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13065       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13066     }
13067 
13068     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13069     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13070     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13071     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13072 
13073     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13074     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13075         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13076       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13077                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13078                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13079                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
13080                                                 VK_RValue));
13081     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13082       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13083       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13084       // enumeration.
13085       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13086     else
13087       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13088   }
13089 
13090   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13091                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13092 
13093   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13094 
13095   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13096   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13097     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13098 }
13099 
13100 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13101                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13102                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13103   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13104 
13105   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13106                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13107                                                    EndLoc);
13108   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13109   return New;
13110 }
13111 
13112 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13113                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13114                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13115   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13116     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13117     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13118       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13119         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13120           << M->getFullModuleName();
13121         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13122         return;
13123       }
13124       break;
13125     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13126       break;
13127     }
13128     DC = LSD->getParent();
13129   }
13130 
13131   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13132     DC = DC->getParent();
13133   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13134     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13135       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13136     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13137            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13138       << DC;
13139   }
13140 }
13141 
13142 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13143                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13144                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13145   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
13146                                                 Module::AllVisible,
13147                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13148   if (!Mod)
13149     return true;
13150 
13151   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13152 
13153   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13154   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13155   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13156     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13157     // We need the length to be consistent.
13158     if (!ModCheck)
13159       break;
13160     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13161 
13162     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13163   }
13164 
13165   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13166                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13167                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13168                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13169   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13170   return Import;
13171 }
13172 
13173 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13174   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13175 
13176   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13177   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13178                                          /*Complain=*/true);
13179 }
13180 
13181 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
13182   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13183   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13184   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13185                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13186   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13187   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13188 
13189   // Make the module visible.
13190   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13191                                          /*Complain=*/false);
13192 }
13193 
13194 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13195                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13196                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13197                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13198                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13199   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13200                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13201   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13202                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13203 
13204   if (PrevDecl)
13205     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13206   else
13207     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13208       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13209 }
13210 
13211 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13212                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13213                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13214   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13215 
13216   if (PrevDecl) {
13217     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13218   } else {
13219     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13220       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13221         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
13222   }
13223 }
13224 
13225 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13226                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13227                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13228                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13229                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13230   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13231                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13232   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13233 
13234   if (PrevDecl) {
13235     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13236       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13237         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13238   } else {
13239     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13240       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13241   }
13242 }
13243 
13244 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13245   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13246 }
13247 
13248 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13249   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13250   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13251   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13252   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13253   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13254   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13255   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13256     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13257     if (R != AR_Available)
13258       return R;
13259     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13260   }
13261   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13262   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13263   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13264             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13265     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13266   }
13267   return D->getAvailability();
13268 }
13269